Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

(christian+love)

  • 21 БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ

    Мы приняли следующие сокращения для наиболее часто упоминаемых книг и журналов:
    IJP - International Journal of Psycho-analysis
    JAPA - Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association
    SE - Standard Edition of the Complete Psychological Works of Sigmund Freud, ed. James Strachey (London: Hogarth Press and the Institute of Psycho-Analysis, 1953—74.)
    PSOC - Psychoanalytic Study of the Child (New Haven: Yale University Press)
    PQ - Psychoanalytic Quarterly
    WAF - The Writings of Anna Freud, ed. Anna Freud (New York: International Universities Press, 1966—74)
    PMC - Psychoanalysis The Major Concepts ed. Burness E. Moore and Bernard D. Fine (New Haven: Yale University Press)
    \
    О словаре: _about - Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts
    \
    1. Abend, S. M. Identity. PMC. Forthcoming.
    2. Abend, S. M. (1974) Problems of identity. PQ, 43.
    3. Abend, S. M., Porder, M. S. & Willick, M. S. (1983) Borderline Patients. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    4. Abraham, K. (1916) The first pregenital stage of libido. Selected Papers. London, Hogarth Press, 1948.
    5. Abraham, K. (1917) Ejaculatio praecox. In: selected Papers. New York Basic Books.
    6. Abraham, K. (1921) Contributions to the theory of the anal character. Selected Papers. New York: Basic Books, 1953.
    7. Abraham, K. (1924) A Short study of the development of the libido, viewed in the light of mental disorders. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1927.
    8. Abraham, K. (1924) Manic-depressive states and the pre-genital levels of the libido. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1949.
    9. Abraham, K. (1924) Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1948.
    10. Abraham, K. (1924) The influence of oral erotism on character formation. Ibid.
    11. Abraham, K. (1925) The history of an impostor in the light of psychoanalytic knowledge. In: Clinical Papers and Essays on Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books, 1955, vol. 2.
    12. Abrams, S. (1971) The psychoanalytic unconsciousness. In: The Unconscious Today, ed. M. Kanzer. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    13. Abrams, S. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.
    14. Abse, D W. (1985) The depressive character In Depressive States and their Treatment, ed. V. Volkan New York: Jason Aronson.
    15. Abse, D. W. (1985) Hysteria and Related Mental Disorders. Bristol: John Wright.
    16. Ackner, B. (1954) Depersonalization. J. Ment. Sci., 100.
    17. Adler, A. (1924) Individual Psychology. New York: Harcourt, Brace.
    18. Akhtar, S. (1984) The syndrome of identity diffusion. Amer. J. Psychiat., 141.
    19. Alexander, F. (1950) Psychosomatic Medicine. New York: Norton.
    20. Allen, D. W. (1974) The Feat- of Looking. Charlottesvill, Va: Univ. Press of Virginia.
    21. Allen, D. W. (1980) Psychoanalytic treatment of the exhibitionist. In: Exhibitionist, Description, Assessment, and Treatment, ed. D. Cox. New York: Garland STPM Press.
    22. Allport, G. (1937) Personality. New York: Henry Holt.
    23. Almansi, R. J. (1960) The face-breast equation. JAPA, 6.
    24. Almansi, R. J. (1979) Scopophilia and object loss. PQ, 47.
    25. Altman, L. Z. (1969) The Dream in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    26. Altman, L. Z. (1977) Some vicissitudes of love. JAPA, 25.
    27. American Psychiatric Association. (1987) Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 3d ed. revised. Washington, D. C.
    28. Ansbacher, Z. & Ansbacher, R. (1956) The Individual Psychology of Alfred Adler. New York: Basic Books.
    29. Anthony, E. J. (1981) Shame, guilt, and the feminine self in psychoanalysis. In: Object and Self, ed. S. Tuttman, C. Kaye & M. Zimmerman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    30. Arlow. J. A. (1953) Masturbation and symptom formation. JAPA, 1.
    31. Arlow. J. A. (1959) The structure of the deja vu experience. JAPA, 7.
    32. Arlow. J. A. (1961) Ego psychology and the study of mythology. JAPA, 9.
    33. Arlow. J. A. (1963) Conflict, regression and symptom formation. IJP, 44.
    34. Arlow. J. A. (1966) Depersonalization and derealization. In: Psychoanalysis: A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    35. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Fantasy, memory and reality testing. PQ, 38.
    36. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Unconscious fantasy and disturbances of mental experience. PQ, 38.
    37. Arlow. J. A. (1970) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 51.
    38. Arlow. J. A. (1975) The structural hypothesis. PQ, 44.
    39. Arlow. J. A. (1977) Affects and the psychoanalytic situation. IJP, 58.
    40. Arlow. J. A. (1979) Metaphor and the psychoanalytic situation. PQ, 48.
    41. Arlow. J. A. (1979) The genesis of interpretation. JAPA, 27 (suppl.).
    42. Arlow. J. A. (1982) Problems of the superego concept. PSOC, 37.
    43. Arlow. J. A. (1984) Disturbances of the sense of time. PQ, 53.
    44. Arlow. J. A. (1985) Some technical problems of countertransference. PQ, 54.
    45. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1963) Psychoanalytic Concepts and the Structural Theory, New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    46. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1969) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 50.
    47. Asch, S. S. (1966) Depression. PSOC, 21.
    48. Asch, S. S. (1976) Varieties of negative therapeutic reactions and problems of technique. JAPA, 24.
    49. Atkins, N. (1970) The Oedipus myth. Adolescence, and the succession of generations. JAPA, 18.
    50. Atkinson, J. W. & Birch, D. (1970) The Dynamics of Action. New York: Wiley.
    51. Bachrach, H. M. & Leaff, L. A. (1978) Analyzability. JAPA, 26.
    52. Bacon, C. (1956) A developmental theory of female homosexuality. In: Perversions,ed, S. Lorand & M. Balint. New York: Gramercy.
    53. Bak, R. C. (1953) Fetishism. JAPA. 1.
    54. Bak, R. C. (1968) The phallic woman. PSOC, 23.
    55. Bak, R. C. & Stewart, W. A. (1974) Fetishism, transvestism, and voyeurism. An American Handbook of Psychiatry, ed. S. Arieti. New York: Basic Books, vol. 3.
    56. Balint, A. (1949) Love for mother and mother-love. IJP, 30.
    57. Balter, L., Lothane, Z. & Spencer, J. H. (1980) On the analyzing instrument, PQ, 49.
    58. Basch, M. F. (1973) Psychoanalysis and theory formation. Ann. Psychoanal., 1.
    59. Basch, M. F. (1976) The concept of affect. JAPA, 24.
    60. Basch, M. F. (1981) Selfobject disorders and psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 29.
    61. Basch, M. F. (1983) Emphatic understanding. JAPA. 31.
    62. Balldry, F. Character. PMC. Forthcoming.
    63. Balldry, F. (1983) The evolution of the concept of character in Freud's writings. JAPA. 31.
    64. Begelman, D. A. (1971) Misnaming, metaphors, the medical model and some muddles. Psychiatry, 34.
    65. Behrends, R. S. & Blatt, E. J. (1985) Internalization and psychological development throughout the life cycle. PSOC, 40.
    66. Bell, A. (1961) Some observations on the role of the scrotal sac and testicles JAPA, 9.
    67. Benedeck, T. (1949) The psychosomatic implications of the primary unit. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 19.
    68. Beres, C. (1958) Vicissitudes of superego functions and superego precursors in childhood. FSOC, 13.
    69. Beres, D. Conflict. PMC. Forthcoming.
    70. Beres, D. (1956) Ego deviation and the concept of schizophrenia. PSOC, 11.
    71. Beres, D. (1960) Perception, imagination and reality. IJP, 41.
    72. Beres, D. (1960) The psychoanalytic psychology of imagination. JAPA, 8.
    73. Beres, D. & Joseph, E. D. (1965) Structure and function in psychoanalysis. IJP, 46.
    74. Beres, D. (1970) The concept of mental representation in psychoanalysis. IJP, 51.
    75. Berg, M D. (1977) The externalizing transference. IJP, 58.
    76. Bergeret, J. (1985) Reflection on the scientific responsi bilities of the International Psychoanalytical Association. Memorandum distributed at 34th IPA Congress, Humburg.
    77. Bergman, A. (1978) From mother to the world outside. In: Grolnick et. al. (1978).
    78. Bergmann, M. S. (1980) On the intrapsychic function of falling in love. PQ, 49.
    79. Berliner, B. (1966) Psychodynamics of the depressive character. Psychoanal. Forum, 1.
    80. Bernfeld, S. (1931) Zur Sublimierungslehre. Imago, 17.
    81. Bibring, E. (1937) On the theory of the therapeutic results of psychoanalysis. IJP, 18.
    82. Bibring, E. (1941) The conception of the repetition compulsion. PQ, 12.
    83. Bibring, E. (1953) The mechanism of depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    84. Bibring, E. (1954) Psychoanalysis and the dynamic psychotherapies. JAPA, 2.
    85. Binswanger, H. (1963) Positive aspects of the animus. Zьrich: Spring.
    86. Bion Francesca Abingdon: Fleetwood Press.
    87. Bion, W. R. (1952) Croup dynamics. IJP, 33.
    88. Bion, W. R. (1961) Experiences in Groups. London: Tavistock.
    89. Bion, W. R. (1962) A theory of thinking. IJP, 40.
    90. Bion, W. R. (1962) Learning from Experience. London: William Heinemann.
    91. Bion, W. R. (1963) Elements of Psychoanalysis. London: William Heinemann.
    92. Bion, W. R. (1965) Transformations. London: William Heinemann.
    93. Bion, W. R. (1970) Attention and Interpretation. London: Tavistock.
    94. Bion, W. R. (1985) All My Sins Remembered, ed. Francesca Bion. Adingdon: Fleetwood Press.
    95. Bird, B. (1972) Notes on transference. JAPA, 20.
    96. Blanck, G. & Blanck, R. (1974) Ego Psychology. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.
    97. Blatt, S. J. (1974) Levels of object representation in anaclitic and introjective depression. PSOC, 29.
    98. Blau, A. (1955) A unitary hypothesis of emotion. PQ, 24.
    99. Bleuler, E. (1911) Dementia Praecox or the Group of Schizophrenias. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1951.
    100. Blos, P. (1954) Prolonged adolescence. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 24.
    101. Blos, P. (1962) On Adolescence. New York: Free Press.
    102. Blos, P. (1972) The epigenesia of the adult neurosis. 27.
    103. Blos, P. (1979) Modification in the traditional psychoanalytic theory of adolescent development. Adolescent Psychiat., 8.
    104. Blos, P. (1984) Son and father. JAPA_. 32.
    105. Blum, G. S. (1963) Prepuberty and adolescence, In Studies ed. R. E. Grinder. New York: McMillan.
    106. Blum, H. P. Symbolism. FMC. Forthcoming.
    107. Blum, H. P. (1976) Female Psychology. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).
    108. Blum, H. P. (1976) Masochism, the ego ideal and the psychology of women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).
    109. Blum, H. P. (1980) The value of reconstruction in adult psychoanalysis. IJP, 61.
    110. Blum, H. P. (1981) Forbidden quest and the analytic ideal. PQ, 50.
    111. Blum, H. P. (1983) Defense and resistance. Foreword. JAFA, 31.
    112. Blum, H. P., Kramer, Y., Richards, A. K. & Richards, A. D., eds. (1988) Fantasy, Myth and Reality: Essays in Honor of Jacob A. Arlow. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.
    113. Boehm, F. (1930) The femininity-complex In men. IJP,11.
    114. Boesky, D. Structural theory. PMC. Forthcoming.
    115. Boesky, D. (1973) Deja raconte as a screen defense. PQ, 42.
    116. Boesky, D. (1982) Acting out. IJP, 63.
    117. Boesky, D. (1986) Questions about Sublimation In Psychoanalysis the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.
    118. Bornstein, B. (1935) Phobia in a 2 1/2-year-old child. PQ, 4.
    119. Bornstein, B. (1951) On latency. PSOC, 6.
    120. Bornstein, M., ed. (1983) Values and neutrality in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 3.
    121. Bowlby, J. (1960) Grief and morning in infancy and early childhood. PSOC. 15.
    122. Bowlby, J. (1961) Process of mourning. IJP. 42.
    123. Bowlby, J. (1980) Attachment and Loss, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.
    124. Bradlow, P. A. (1973) Depersonalization, ego splitting, non-human fantasy and shame. IJP, 54.
    125. Brazelton, T. B., Kozlowsky, B. & Main, M. (1974) The early motherinfant interaction. In: The Effect of the Infant on Its Caregiver, ed. M. Lewis & L. Rosenblum New York Wiley.
    126. Brenner, C. (1957) The nature and development of the concept of repression in Freud's writings. PSOC, 12.
    127. Brenner, C. (1959) The masochistic character. JAPA, 7.
    128. Brenner, C. (1973) An Elementary Textbook of Psycho-analysis. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    129. Brenner, C. (1974) On the nature and development of affects PQ, 43.
    130. Brenner, C. (1976) Psychoanalytic Technique and Psychic Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    131. Brenner, C. (1979) The Mind in Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    132. Brenner, C. (1979) Working alliance, therapeutic alliance and transference. JAPA, 27.
    133. Brenner, C. (1981) Defense and defense mechanisms. PQ, 50.
    134. Brenner, C. (1983) Defense. In: the Mind in Conflict. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    135. Bressler, B. (1965) The concept of the self. Psychoanalytic Review, 52.
    136. Breuer, J. & Freud, S. (1983—95) Studies on Hysteria. SE, 3.
    137. Breznitz, S., ed. (1983) The Denial of Stress. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    138. Brody, S. (1964) Passivity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    139. Brown, H. (1970) Psycholinquistics. New York: Free Press.
    140. Bruner, J. S. (1964) The course of cognitive growth. Amer. Psychologist. 19.
    141. Bruner, J., Jolly, A. & Sylva, K. (1976) Play. New York Basic Books.
    142. Bruner, J. E., Olver, R. R. &Greenfield, P. M. (1966) Studies in Cognitive Growth. New York: Wiley.
    143. Buie, D H. (1981) Empathy. JAPA, 29.
    144. Burgner, M. & Edgeumble, R. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relationships. PSOC, 27.
    145. Call, J. ed. (1979) Basic Handbook of Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.
    146. Carroll, G. (1956) Language, Thought and Reality. Cambridge & London: M. I. T. Press & John Wiley.
    147. Cavenar, J. O. & Nash, J. L. (1976) The effects of Combat on the normal personality. Comprehensive Psychiat., 17.
    148. Chassequet-Smirgel, J. (1978) Reflections on the connection between perversion and sadism. IJP, 59.
    149. Chomsky, N. (1978) Language and unconscious knowledge. In: Psychoanalysis and Language, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, vol. 3.
    150. Clower, V. (1975) Significance of masturbation in female sexual development and function. In: Masturbation from Infancy to Senescence, ed. I. Marcus & J. Francis. New York: Int. Uni" Press.
    151. Coen, S. J. & Bradlow, P. A. (1982) Twin transference as a compromise formation. JAPA, 30.
    152. Compton, A. Object and relationships. PMC. Forthcoming.
    153. Cullen, W. (1777) First Lines of the Practice of Psysic. Edinburgh: Bell, Brandfute.
    154. Curtis, B. C. (1969) Psychoanalytic understanding and treatment of impotence. In: Sexual Function and Dysfunction, ed. P. J. Fink & V. B. O. Hummett. Philadelphia: F. A. Davis.
    155. Darwin, C. (1874) The Descent of Man. New York: Hurst.
    156. Davidoff-Hirsch, H. (1985) Oedipal and preoedipal phenomena. JAPA, 33.
    157. Davis, M. & Wallbridge, D. (1981) Boundary and Space. New York: Brunner-Mazel.
    158. Deutsch, H. (1932) Homosexuality in women. PQ, 1.
    159. Deutsch, H. (1934) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.
    160. Deutsch, H. (1937) Absence of grief. PQ, 6.
    161. Deutsch, H. (1942) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.
    162. Deutsch, H. (1955) The impostor. In: Neuroses and Character Types. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.
    163. Devereux, G. (1953) Why Oedipus killed Lains. IJP, 34.
    164. Dewald, P. (1982) Psychoanalytic perspectives On resistance. In: resistance, Psychodynamics. and Behavioral Approaches, ed. P. Wachtel. New York: Plenum Press.
    165. Dickes, R. (1963) Fetishistic behavior. JAPA. 11.
    166. Dickes, R. (1965) The defensive function of an altered state of consciousness. JAPA, 13.
    167. Dickes, R. (1967) Severe regressive disruption of the therapeutic alliance. JAPA, 15.
    168. Dickes, R. (1981) Sexual myths and misinformation. In: Understanding Human Behaviour in Health and Illness, ed. R. C. Simon & H. Pardes. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
    169. Dorpat, T. L. (1985) Denial and Defense in the Therapeutic Situation. New York: Jason Aronson.
    170. Downey, T. W. (1978) Transitional phenomena in the analysis of early adolescent males. PSOC, 33.
    171. Dunbar, F. (1954) Emotions and Bodily Functions. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.
    172. Easson, W. M. (1973) The earliest ego development, primitive memory traces, and the Isakower phenomenon. PQ, 42.
    173. Edelheit, H. (1971) Mythopoiesis and the primal scene. Psychoanal. Study Society, 5.
    174. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relation ships, part I. PSOC, 27.
    175. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1975) The phallicnarcissistic phase. PSOC, 30.
    176. Eidelberg, L. (1960) A third contribution to the study of slips of the tongue. IJP, 41.
    177. Eidelberg, L. (1968) Encyclopedia of Psychoanalysis. New York: The Free Press; London: Collier-MacMillan.
    178. Eissler, K. R. (1953) The effect of the structure of the ego on psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 1.
    179. Ellenberg, H. F. (1970) The Discovery of the Unconscious. New York: Basic Books.
    180. Emde, R. N. (1980) Toward a psychoanalytic theory of affect: I. & G. H. Pollock. Washington NYMH.
    181. Emde R., Gaensbaner, T. & Harmon R. (1976) Emotional Expression in Infancy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    182. Erode R. & Harmon, R. J. (1972) Endogenous and exogenous smiling systems in early infancy. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 11.
    183. Engel, G. L. (1962) Psychological Development in Health and Disease. New York Saunders.
    184. Engel, G. L. (1967) Psychoanalytic theory of somatic disorder. JAPA, 15.
    185. Engel, G. L. (1968) A reconsideration of the role of conversion in somatic disease. Compr. Psychiat., 94.
    186. English, H. B. & English, A. C. (1958) A comprehensive Dictionary of Psychological and Psychoanalytical Terms. New York: David McKay.
    187. Erard, R. (1983) New wine in old skins. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 10.
    188. Erdelyi, M. H. (1985) Psychoanalysis. New York: W. H. Freeman.
    189. Erikson, E. H. (1950) Childhood and Society. New York: Norton.
    190. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The concept of ego identity. JAPA, 4.
    191. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The problem of ego identity. JAPA, 4.
    192. Esman, A. H. (1973) The primal scene. PSOC, 28.
    193. Esman, A. H. (1975) The Psychology of Adolescence. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    194. Esman, A. H. (1979) Some reflections on boredom. JAPA, 27.
    195. Esman, A. H. (1983) The "stimulus barrier": a review and reconsideration. PSOC, 38.
    196. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1952) Psychoanalytic Studies of the Personality. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
    197. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1954) An Object-Relations Theory of the Personality. New York: Basic Books.
    198. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1963) Synopsis of an Object-Relations theory of the personality. IJP, 44.
    199. Fawcett, J., Clark, D. C., Scheftner, W. H. & Hedecker, D. (1983) Differences between anhedonia and normal hedonic depressive states. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 40.
    200. Fenichel, O. (1934) On the psychology of boredom. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, 1953, vol. 1.
    201. Fenichel, O. (1941) Problems of Psychoanalytic Technique. Albany, N. Y.: Psychoanalytic Quaterly.
    202. Fenichel, O. (1945) Character disorders. In: The Psychoanalytic Theory of the Neurosis. New York: Norton.
    203. Fenichel, O. (1945) The Psychoanalytic Theory of Neurosis New York: Norton.
    204. Fenichel, O. (1954) Ego strength and ego weakness. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, vol. 2.
    205. Ferenczi, S. (1909) Introjection and transference. In: Sex in Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.
    206. Ferenczi, S. (191617) Disease or patho-neurosis. The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press, 1950.
    207. Ferenczi, S. (1925) Psychoanalysis of sexual habits. In: The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.
    208. Fine, B. D., Joseph, E. D. & Waldhorn, H. F., eds. (1971) Recollection and Reconstruction in Psychoanalysis. Monograph 4, Kris Study Group. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    209. Fink, G. (1967) Analysis of the Isakower phenomenon. JAPA, 15.
    210. Fink, P. J. (1970) Correlation between "actual" neurosis and the work of Masters and Johson. P. Q, 39.
    211. Finkenstein, L. (1975) Awe premature ejaculation. P. Q, 44.
    212. Firestein, S. K. (1978) A review of the literature. In: Termination in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    213. Fisher, C. et. al. (1957) A study of the preliminary stages of the construction of dreams and images. JAPA, 5.
    214. Fisher, C. et. al. (1968) Cycle of penile erection synchronous with dreaming (REM) sleep. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 12.
    215. Fliess, R. (1942) The metapsychology of the analyst. PQ, 12.
    216. Fliess, R. (1953) The Revival of Interest in the Dream. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    217. Fodor, N. & Gaynor, F. (1950) Freud: Dictionary of Psycho-analysis. New York: Philosophical Library.
    218. Fordham, M. (1969) Children as Individuals. London: Hodder & Stoughton.
    219. Fordham, M. (1976) The Self and Autism. London: Academic Press.
    220. Fraiberg, S. (1969) Object constancy and mental representation. PSOC, 24.
    221. Frank, A. Metapsychology. PMS. Forthcoming.
    222. Frank, A. & Muslin, H. (1967) The development of Freud's concept of primal repression. PSOC, 22.
    223. Frank, H. (1977) Dynamic patterns for failure in college students. Can. Psychiat. Ass. J., 22.
    224. French, T. & Fromm, E. (1964) Dream Interpretation. New York: Basic Books.
    225. Freud, A. (1936) The Ego and the Mechanisms of Defense. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    226. Freud, A. (1951) Observations on child development. PSOC, 6.
    227. Freud, A. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. WAF, 4.
    228. Freud, A. (1958) Adolescence. WAF, 5.
    229. Freud, A. (1962) Assessment of childhood disturbances. PSOC, 17.
    230. Freud, A. (1962) Comments on psychic trauma. In: Furst (1967).
    231. Freud, A. (1963) The concept of developmental lines. PSOC, 18.
    232. Freud, A. (1965) Assessment of pathology, part 2. WAF, 6.
    233. Freud, A. (1965) Normality and Pathology in Childhood. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    234. Freud, A. (1970) The infantile neurosis. WAF, 7.
    235. Freud, A. (1971) Comments on aggression. IJP, 53.
    236. Freud, A. (1971) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 26.
    237. Freud, A. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.
    238. Freud, S. (1887—1902) Letters to Wilhelm Fliess. New York: Basic Books, 1954.
    239. Freud, S. (1891) On the interpretation of the aphasias. SE, 3.
    240. Freud, S. (1893—95) Studies on hysteria. SE, 2.
    241. Freud, S. (1894) The neuropsychoses of defence. SE, 3.
    242. Freud, S. (1895) On the ground for detaching a particular syndrome from neurasthenia under the description "anxiety neurosis". SE, 3.
    243. Freud, S. (1895) Project for a scientific psychology. SE, 1.
    244. Freud, S. (1896) Draft K, Jameary 1, 1896, Neuroses of defense (A Christmas fairytale). In: Extracts from the Fliess papers (1892—99).
    245. Freud, S. (1896) Further remarks on the neuropsychosis of defense. SE, 3.
    246. Freud, S. (1896) Heredity and aetiology of neurosis. SE, 3.
    247. Freud, S. (1898) Sexuality in the aetiology of the neurosis. SE, 3.
    248. Freud, S. (1899) Screen memories. SE, 3.
    249. Freud, S. (1900) The interpretation of dreams. SE, 4—5.
    250. Freud, S. (1901) Childhood memories and screen memories SE, 6.
    251. Freud, S. (1901) On dreams. SE, 5.
    252. Freud, S. (1901) The psychopathology of everyday life. SE, 6.
    253. Freud, S. (1905) Fragments of an analysis of a case of hysteria. SE, 7.
    254. Freud, S. (1905) Jokes and their relation to the unconscious. SE, 8.
    255. Freud, S. (1905) Psysical (or mental) treatment. SE, 7.
    256. Freud, S. (1905) Three essays on the theory of sexuality. SE. 7.
    257. Freud, S. (1908) Character and anal erotism. SE, 9.
    258. Freud, S. (1908) On the sexual theories of children. SE, 9.
    259. Freud, S. (1908) Preface to Wilhelm Stekel's Nervous Anxiety-States and Their Treatment. SE, 9.
    260. Freud, S. (1909) Analysis of a phobia in a five-year-old boy. SE, 10.
    261. Freud, S. (1909) Family romances. SE, 9.
    262. Freud, S. (1909) Notes upon a case of obsessional neurosis. SE, 10.
    263. Freud, S. (1910) A special type of choice of object made by men. SE, 11.
    264. Freud, S. (1910) The autithentical meaning of primal words. SE, 11.
    265. Freud, S. (1910) The future prospects of psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 11.
    266. Freud, S. (1910) The psychoanalytic view of psychogenic disturbance of vision. SE, 11.
    267. Freud, S. (1911) Formulations on the two principles of mental functioning. SE, 12.
    268. Freud, S. (1911) Notes on a case of paranoia. SE, 12.
    269. Freud, S. (1911) Psychoanalytic notes on an autobiographical account of a case of paranoia. SE, 12.
    270. Freud, S. (1911—15) Papers on technique. SE, 12.
    271. Freud, S. (1912) Contribution to a discussion on masturbation. SE, 12.
    272. Freud, S. (1912) On the universal tendency to abasement in the sphere of love. SE, 11.
    273. Freud, S. (1912) The dynamics of transference. SE, 12.
    274. Freud, S. (1913) Editor's note The disposition to obsessional neurosis. SE, 12.
    275. Freud, S. (1913) On beginning the treatment. SE, 12.
    276. Freud, S. (1913) Totem and taboo. SE, 13.
    277. Freud, S. (1914) Fausse reconnaissance (deja reconte) in psychoanalytic treatment. SE, 13.
    278. Freud, S. (1914) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 15.
    279. Freud, S. (1914) Observations on transference love. SE, 12.
    280. Freud, S. (1914) On narcissism. SE. 14.
    281. Freud, S. (1914) On the history of the psychoanalytic movement. SE, 14.
    282. Freud, S. (1914) Remembering, repeating, and working-through. SE, 12.
    283. Freud, S. (1914—16) Some character types met with in psychoanalysis. (II) Those wrecked by success SE, 14.
    284. Freud, S. (1915) Das UnbewuЯte. Gesammelte Werke, 10.
    285. Freud, S. (1915) Instincts and their vicissitudes. SE, 14.
    286. Freud, S. (1915) Observation on transference-love. SE, I2.
    287. Freud, S. (1915) Repression. SE, 14.
    288. Freud, S. (1915) The unconscious. SE, 14.
    289. Freud, S. (1915—17) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 15 & 16.
    290. Freud, S. (1916) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.
    291. Freud, S. (1916) Some character types met with in psychoanalytic work. SE, 16.
    292. Freud, S. (1917) A metapsychological supplement to the theory of dreams. SE, 14.
    293. Freud, S. (1917) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.
    294. Freud, S. (1917) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 14.
    295. Freud, S. (1917) On transformations of instinct as exemplified in anal erotism. SE, 17.
    296. Freud, S. (1918) From the history of an infantile neurosis. SE, 17.
    297. Freud, S. (1919) "A child is being beaten". SE, 17.
    298. Freud, S. (1919) Lines of advance in psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 17.
    299. Freud, S. (1919) The uncanny. SE, 17.
    300. Freud, S. (1920) Beyond the pleasure principle. SE, 18.
    301. Freud, S. (1920) The Psychogenesis of a case of homosexuality in a woman. SE, 18.
    302. Freud, S. (1921) Group psychology and the analysis of the ego. SE, 18.
    303. Freud, S. (1923) The ego and the id. SE, 19.
    304. Freud, S. (1923) The infantile genital organization. SE, 19.
    305. Freud, S. (1924) A short account of psychoanalysis. SE, 19.
    306. Freud, S. (1924) Neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.
    307. Freud, S. (1924) The dissolution of the Oedipus complex SE, 19.
    308. Freud, S. (1924) The economic problem of masochism. SE, 19.
    309. Freud, S. (1924) The loss of reality in neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.
    310. Freud, S. (1925) Negation. SE, 19.
    311. Freud, S. (1925) Some psychical consequences of the anatomical distinction between the sexes. SE, 19.
    312. Freud, S. (1926) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety. SE, 20.
    313. Freud, S. (1926) The question of lay analysis. SE, 20.
    314. Freud, S. (1927) Fetishism. SE, 21.
    315. Freud, S. (1930) Civilization and its discontents. SE, 21.
    316. Freud, S. (1931) Female sexuality. SE, 21.
    317. Freud, S. (1931) Libidinal types. SE, 21.
    318. Freud, S. (1933) Femininity. SE, 22,.
    319. Freud, S. (1933) New introductory lectures on psycho-analysis. SE, 22.
    320. Freud, S. (1933) The psychology of women. New introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 22.
    321. Freud, S. (1936) A disturbance of memory on the Acropolis. SE, 22.
    322. Freud, S. (1937) Analysis terminable and interminable. SE, 23.
    323. Freud, S. (1937) Constructions in analysis. SE, 23.
    324. Freud, S. (1938) An outline on psychoanalysis. SE, 23.
    325. Freud, S. (1938) Splitting of the ego in the process of defense. SE, 23.
    326. Freud, S. (1939) Moses and monotheism. SE, 23.
    327. Freud, S. (1940) An outline of psychoanalysis. SE, 23.
    328. Frosch, J. (1966) A note on reality constancy. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    329. Frosch, J. (1967) Delusional fixity sense of conviction and the psychotic conflict. IJP, 48.
    330. Frosch, J. (1977) The relation between acting out and disorders of impulse control. Psychiatry, 40.
    331. Frosch, J. (1980) Neurosis and psychosis. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. J. Greenspan & G. H. Pollock. Washington, D. C.: National Institute of Health, vol. 3.
    332. Frosch, J. (1983) The Psychotic Process. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    333. Furer, M. (1972) The history of the superego concept in psychoanalysis. In: Moral Value and the Superego concept in Psychoanalysis, ed. S. C. Fost. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    334. Furman, E. (1974) A Child s Parent Dies. New Heaven: Yale Univ. Press.
    335. Furman, E. (1980) Transference and externalization. PSOC, 35.
    336. Furst, S. Trauma. PMC, Forthcoming.
    337. Furst, S. (1967) Psychic trauma. In: Psychic Trauma, ed. S. S. Furst. New York: Basic Books.
    338. Furst, S. (1978) The stimulus barrier and the pathogenecity of trauma. IJP, 59.
    339. Gaddini, R. (1978) Transitional object and the psychosomatic symptom. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).
    340. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1976) Some suggested revisions concerning early female development. JAPA, 24(5).
    341. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1980) The preoedipal development of the boy. JAPA, 28.
    342. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1981) Infantile Origins of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    343. Ganzarain, R. Group psychology. PMC. Forthcoming.
    344. Ganzarain, R. (1980) Psychotic-like anxieties and primitive defenses. Issues on Ego Psychology, 3(2).
    345. Ganzarain, R. (1988) A comparative study of Bion's concepts about groups. In: Object Relations Group Psychotherapy. Madison, Ct.: Int. Univ. Press.
    346. Gediman, H. K. (1971) The concept of the stimulus barrier. IJP, 52.
    347. Gedo, J. & Goldberg, A. (1973) Models of the Mind. Chicago & London: Univ. of Chicago Press.
    348. Geerts, A. E. & Prechardt, E., reporters (1978) Colloquium on "trauma". IJP, 59.
    349. Gero, G. (1943) The idea of psychogenesis in modern psychiatry and in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Rev., 30.
    350. Gill. M. M. (1963) Topography and Systems in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, Monogr. 10. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    351. Gill. M. M. (1967) The primary process in motives and thought. In: Motives and Thought, ed. R. R. Holt. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    352. Gill. M. M. (1974) Psychoanalysis and psychotherapy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.
    353. Gill, M. M & Rapaport, D. (1942) A case of amnesia and its bearing on the theory of memory. Character and Personality, 11.
    354. Gillespie, W. (1956) The general theory of Sexual perversion. IJP, 37.
    355. Glenn, J. (in press) A parameter. In: Annu. Psychoanal.
    356. Glenn, J. & Kaplan, E. H. (1968) Types of orgasm in women. JAPA, 16.
    357. Glower, E. (1929) The "screening" function of traumatic memories. IJP, 4.
    358. Glower, E. (1931) Sublimation, substitution, and social anxiety. IJP, 12.
    359. Glower, E. (1933) The relation of perversion-formation to the development of reality sense. IJP, 14.
    360. Glower, E. (1955) The terminal phase. In: The Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    361. Goldberg, A. (1975) The evolution of psychoanalytic concepts of depression. In: Depression and Human Existence, ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.
    362. Goldberg, A. ed. (1978) The Psychology of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    363. Goldberg, A. (1983) Self psychology and alternate perspectives on internalization. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.
    364. Green, A. (1978) Potential space in Psychoanalysis. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).
    365. Greenacre, P. (1949) A contribution to the study of screen memories. FSOC, 3/4.
    366. Greenacre, P. (1950) General problems of acting out. PQ, 19.
    367. Greenacre, P. (1950) Special problems of early female sexual development. In: Trauma, Growth and Personality New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    368. Greenacre, P. (1952) Pregenital patterning. IJP, 33.
    369. Greenacre, P. (1953) Penis awe and its relation to penis envy. In: Drives, Affects, Behavior, ed. R. M. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    370. Greenacre, P. (1956) Experiences of awe in childhood. PSOC,11.
    371. Greenacre, P. (1957) The childhood of the artist. PSOC, 12.
    372. Greenacre, P. (1958) The family romance of the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 2.
    373. Greenacre, P. (1958) The relation of the impostor to the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 1.
    374. Greenacre, P. (1968) Perversions. PSOC, 23.
    375. Greenacre, P. (1969) The fetish and the transitional object, part 1. PSOC, 24.
    376. Greenacre, P. (1970) The fetish and the transitional object, part 2. IJP 51, vol. 4.
    377. Greenacre, P. (1970) The transitional object and the fetish. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    378. Greenacre, P. (1972) Crowds and crisis. PSOC, 27.
    379. Greenacre, P. (1973) The primal scene and the sense of reality. PQ, 42.
    380. Greenacre, P. (1975) On reconstruction. JAPA, 21.
    381. Greenberg, J. R. & Mitchell, S. A. (1983) Object Relations in Psychoanalytic Theory. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.
    382. Greenson, R. R. (1949) The psychology of apathy. PQ, 18.
    383. Greenson, R. R. (1953) On boredom. JAPA, 1.
    384. Greenson, R. R. (1960) Empathy and its vicissitudes. IJP, 41.
    385. Greenson, R. R. (1962) On enthusiasm. JAPA, 10.
    386. Greenson, R. R. (1965) The working alliance and the transference neurosis. PQ, 34.
    387. Greenson, R. R. (1967) The technique and Practice of Psycho-analysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    388. Greenson, R. R. (1978) Exploration in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    389. Greenspan, S. & Pollock, G., eds. (1980) The Course of Life. Vol. I. Washington, D. C.: U. S. Government Printing office.
    390. Grinberg, L., Sor, D. & Tabak de Bianchedi, E. (1975) Introduction to the Work of Bion, trans. A. Hahn. Scotland: Clunie Press.
    391. Grinker, E. R (1945) Psychiatric disorders in combat crews overseas and in returnees. Med. Clin. North. Amer., 29.
    392. Grinstein, A. (1983) Freud's Rules of Dream Interpretation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    393. Grolnick, S., Barkin, L. & Muensterberger, W., eds. (1978) Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.
    394. Grosskurth, P. (1986) Melanie Klein. New York: Alfred Knopf.
    395. Grossman, W. E. & Stewart, W. A. (1976) Penis envy. JAPA, 24 (5).
    396. Grotstein, J. S. (1981) Splitting and Projective Indentification. New York: Jason Aronson.
    397. Guntrip, H. (1961) Personality Structure and Human Interaction. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    398. Guntrip, H. (1968) Schizoid Phenomena, Object-Relations and the Self. London: Hogarth Press.
    399. Harley, M. (1967) Transference developments in a five-year old child. In: the Child Analyst at Work, ed. E. Geleerd. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    400. Harley, M. (1974) Analyst and Adolescent at Work. New York: Quadrangle.
    401. Harley, M. (1986) Child analysis, 1947—1984, a retrospective. PSOC, 41.
    402. Harre, R. and Lamb, R. (1983) The Encyclopedia Dictionary of Psychology. Cambridge: M. I. T. Press.
    403. Harrison, J. B. (1975) On the maternal origins of awe. PSOC, 30.
    404. Harrison, J. B. (1979) On Freud's view of the infant-mother relationship and of the oceanic feeling. JAPA, 27.
    405. Harrison, S. J. (1970) Is psychoanalysis "our science?". JAPA, 18.
    406. Hartmann, H. PSOC, 5.
    407. Hartmann, H. (1937) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    408. Hartmann, H. (1939) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1958.
    409. Hartmann, H. (1939) Psychoanalysis and the concept of health. In: Hartmann (1964).
    410. Hartmann, H. (1947) On rational and irrational action. In: Essays on Ego Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1964.
    411. Hartmann, H. (1948) Comments on the theory of instinctual drives. PQ, 17.
    412. Hartmann, H. (1950) Comments on the psychoanalytic theory of the ego. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    413. Hartmann, H. (1951) Technical implications of ego psychology PQ, 20.
    414. Hartmann, H. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. PSOC, 7.
    415. Hartmann, H. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of schizophrenia. In: Hartmann, PSOC, 8.
    416. Hartmann, H. (1953) The metapsychology of schizophrenia. PSOC, 8.
    417. Hartmann, H. (1955) Notes on the theory of sublimation. PSOC, 10.
    418. Hartmann, H. (1956) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.
    419. Hartmann, H. (1964) Essays in Ego Psychology. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    420. Hartmann, H. (1964) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.
    421. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1946) Comments in the formation of psychic structure. PSOC, 2.
    422. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1949) Notes on the theory of aggression. PSOC, 3/4.
    423. Hartmann, H. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1962) Notes on the superego. PSOC, 17.
    424. Hassler, A. D. (1960) Guideposts of migrating fish. Science, 122.
    425. Hastings, D. W. (1963) Impotence and Frigidity. Boston: Little, Brown.
    426. Heimann, P. (1952) Certain functions of introjection and projection in early infancy. In: Klein et al. (1952).
    427. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1962) Notes on the anal stage IJP, 43.
    428. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1972) The psychoanalytical concept of aggression. IJP, 53.
    429. Hendrick, I. (1958) Facts and Theories of Psychoanalysis, 3rd ed. New York: Alfred Knopf.
    430. Hill, M. (1982) Analysis of transference. In: Theory and Technique, vol. 1. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    431. Hoffer, W. (1949) Mouth, hand, and ego integration. PSOC, 3/4.
    432. Holder, A. (1982) Preoedipal contributions to the formation of the superego. PSOC, 37.
    433. Holt, R. R. (1964) The emergence of cognitive psychology JAPA, 12.
    434. Holt, R. R. (1967) Beyond vitalism and mechanism. In: Science and Psychoanalysis, ed. J. H. Masserman. Hew York: Grune & Stratton, vol. 2.
    435. Hook, S. (1959) Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy. New York: Grove Press.
    436. Horney, K. (1924) On the genesis of the castration complex in women. IJP, 5.
    437. Horney, K. (1926) The flight from womanhood. IJP, 7.
    438. Horowitz, M. J. (1972) Modes of representation of thought. JAFA, 20.
    439. Horowitz, M. J. (1979) States of Mind, 2d. ed. New York: Plenum, 1987, chap. 3.
    440. Hurvich, M. (1970) On the concept of reality testing. IJP, 51.
    441. Isaacs, S. (1952) The nature and function of phantasy. In: Klein et. al. (1952).
    442. Isakower, O. (1938) A contribution to the pathopsychology of phenomena associated with falling asleep. IJP, 19.
    443. Isakower, O. (1963) Minutes of the faculty meeting. New York Psychoanalytic Institute, Oct. 14—Nov. 20. A. Z. Pteffer, reporter.
    444. Isay, R. A. (1986) Homosexuality in homosexual and heterosexual men. In: The Psychology of Men, ed. G. Fogel, F. Lane & R. Liebert. New York: Basic Books.
    445. Jacobi, J. (1959) Complex (Archetype) Symbol in the Work of C. G. Jung. Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.
    446. Jacobs, T. J. (1986) Transference relationships, relationships between transferences and reconstruction. In: Psycho-analysis, the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale N. J.: Analytic Press.
    447. Jacobson, E. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of cyclothymic depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    448. Jacobson, E. (1954) Contribution to the metapsychology of psychotic identifications. JAPA, 2.
    449. Jacobson, E. (1957) Normal and pathological moods. PSOC, 12.
    450. Jacobson, E. (1959) Depersonalization. JAPA, 7.
    451. Jacobson, E. (1964) The Self and the Object World. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    452. Jacobson, E. (1967) Psychotic Conflict and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    453. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    454. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression: Comparative Studies of Normal, Neurotic and Psychotic Conditions. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.
    455. Jacobson, E. (1971) Normal and pathological moods. In: Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    456. Jacobson, E. (1975) The regulation of self-esteem. In: Depression and Human Existence. ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.
    457. Jaffe, A. (1971) The Myth of Meaning. New York: Putnam.
    458. Jaffe, D. S. (1970) Forgetting and remembering. P. Q, 39.
    459. Janet, Dr. Pierre (1924) Principles of Psychotherapy. New York: Macmillan.
    460. John, E. R. (1976) A model of consciousness. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Schwartz & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1976, vol. 1.
    461. Jones, E. (1908) Rationalization in everyday life J Abnorm. Psychol., 3: 161—169.
    462. Jones, E. (1918) Anal-erotic character traits. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis London— Balliere Tindall & Cox, 1948.
    463. Jones, E. (1931) The concept of a normal mind. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis, 5th ed., London. Bailliйre, Tindall & Cox, 1948.
    464. Jones, E. (1933) The phallic phase. IJP, 14.
    465. Jones, E. (1934) Editorial preface to the Collected Papers of Sigmund Freud, 4. London— Hogarth Press.
    466. Jones, E. (1941) Evolution and revolution. IJP, 22.
    467. Jones, E. (1949) Hamlet and Oedipus. New York: Norton.
    468. Jones, E. (1957) The life and work of Sigmund Freud, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.
    469. Joseph, E. D. (1965) Regressive Ego Phenomena in Psychoanalysis. Monograph I, Kris Study Group. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    470. Joseph, E. D. (1966) Memory and conflict. PQ, 35.
    471. Joseph, E. D. & Wallerstein, R. S (1982) Psychotherapy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    472. Jung, C. G. (1921—57) Collected Works of C. G. Jung Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.
    473. Jung, C. G. (1938) Psychological aspects of the mother archetype. In: Collected Works, vol. 9, pt. 1.
    474. Jung, C. G. (1957) Animus and Anima. Zurich: Spring.
    475. Jung, C. G. (1963) Memories Dreams, Reflections. New York Pantheon.
    476. Kamyer, M. (1985) Identification and its vicissitudes. IJP, 66.
    477. Kandell, E (1976) Cellular Basis of Behavior. San Francisco— W H. Freeman.
    478. Kanzer, M. (1948) The passing of the Oedipus complex' in Greek drama. IJP, 29.
    479. Kanzer, M. (1964) On interpreting the Oedipus plays Psychoanal Study Society, 3.
    480. Kanzer, M. (1981) Freud's "analytic pact". JAPA, 29.
    481. Kardiner, A. (1941) The Traumatic Neurosis of War New. York: Hoeber.
    482. Karma, L. (1981) A clinical report of penis envy. JAPA, 29.
    483. Karush, A., Daniels, C. E., Flood, C. & O'Connor, J. F. (1977) Psychotherapy in Chronic Ulcerative Colitis. Philadelphia: Sannders.
    484. Katan, A. (1972) The infant's first reaction to strangers. IJP, 53.
    485. Katan, M. (1940) The role of the word in mania. Bull. Phi la. Assn. Psychoanal., 22.
    486. Katz, J. (1963) On primary gain and secondary gain. PSOC, 18.
    487. Katz, J. (1985) Book review of Melanie Klein by Hanna Segal. New York: Viking Press. 1980 JAPA, 33 (suppl.).
    488. Kaywin, L. (1966) Problems of sublimation. JAPA, 14.
    489. Kernberg, O. F. (1966) Structural derivations of object relationships. IJP, 47.
    490. Kernberg, O. F. (1967) Borderline personality organization. JAPA, 15.
    491. Kernberg, O. F. (1975) Borderline Conditions and Pathological Narcissism. New York: Jason Aronson.
    492. Kernberg, O. F. (1976) Object Relations Theory and Clinical Psychoanalysis. New York: Jason Aronson.
    493. Kernberg, O. F. (1977) Boundaries and structure in love relations. JAPA, 25.
    494. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Fairbairn's theory and challenge. In: Internal World and External Reality: Object Relations Theory Applied. New York: Jason Aronson.
    495. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Internal World and External Reality. New York: Jason Aronson.
    496. Kernberg, O. F. (1984) Severe Personality Disorders. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    497. Kessler, J. W. (1970) Contributions of the mentally retarded toward a theory of cognitive development. In: Cognitive Studies, ed. J. Hellmuth. New York Brunner/Mazel.
    498. Kestenberg, J. S. (1967) Phases of adolescence. J. Amer. Acad. Child. Psychiat., 6.
    499. Khan, M. (1982) Introduction. In: D. W. Winnicott, Through Paediatrics to Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.
    500. Klein, G. S. (1966) The several grades of memory. In: Psychoanalysis. A General Psychology, pd. H. M. Lowenstein, L M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    501. Klein, M. (1932) The Psychoanalysis of Children London: Hogarth Press.
    502. Klein, M. (1946) Notes on some schizoid mechanisms IJP, 27.
    503. Klein, M. (1948) Contributions to Psychoanalysis, 1921—45. London: Hogarth Press.
    504. Klein, M. (1950) Narrative of a Child Analysis. New York Basic Books.
    505. Klein, M. (1957) Envy and Gratitude. New York: Basic Books.
    506. Klein, M. (1957) On identification. In: New Directions in Psychoanalysis, ed. M. Klein, P. Heimann & R. Money-Kyrle. New York: Basic Books.
    507. Klein, M. (1959) On the development of Mental functioning. In: Envy and Gratitude London: Delacorte Press, 1975.
    508. Klein, M., Heimann, P., Isaacs, S. & Riviere J. (eds.) (1952) Developments in Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.
    509. Knight, R. P. (1953) Borderline states. Bull. Menn. Clin., 17.
    510. Knight, R. P. (1972) Clinician and Therapist: Selected Papers of Robert P. Knight, ed. Stuart C. Miller. New York: Basic Books.
    511. Kohut, H. (1959) Introspection, empathy, and psycho-analysis. JAPA, 7.
    512. Kohut, H. (1971) The Analysis of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    513. Kohut, H. (1977) The Restoration of the Self. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    514. Kohut, H. (1978) The Search for the Self, ed. P. Ornstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    515. Kohut, H. (1984) How Does Analysis Cure? ed. A Goldben & P. Stepansky. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press.
    516. Kohut, H. & Wolf, E. S. (1978) The disorders of the self and their treatment. IJP, 59.
    517. Krapf, E. E. (1961) The concept of normality and mental, health in psychoanalysis. IJP, 59.
    518. Kreisler, L. (1984) Fundamentals for a psychosomatic pathology of infants. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry, ed. J. D. Call, E. Galenson & R. L. Tyson. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.
    519. Kris, A. O. (1982) Free Association. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    520. Kris, A. O. (1984) The conflicts of ambivalence. PSOC, 39.
    521. Kris, E. (1951) Ego psychology and interpretation in psychoanalytic therapy. P. Q, 20.
    522. Kris, E. (1952) Psychoanalytic Exploration in Art. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    523. Kris, E. (1956) On some vicissitudes of insight in psychoanalysis. IJP, 37.
    524. Kris, E. (1956) The personal myth. JAPA, 4.
    525. Kris, E. (1956) The recovery of childhood memories in psychoanalysis. PSOC, 11.
    526. Krupuick, J. L. & Horowitz, M. J. (1981) Stress response syndromes. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 38.
    527. Krystal, H. ed. (1968) Massive Psychic Trauma. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    528. Krystal, H. (1978) Trauma and affects. PSOC, 33.
    529. Krystal, H. (1981) The hedonic element in affectivity. J. Psychoanal., 9.
    530. Krystal, H. (1982) Alexithymia and the affectiveness of psychoanalytic treatment. Int. J. Psychoanal. Psychother., 9.
    531. Kubie, L. S. (1947) The fallacious use of quantitative concepts in dynamic psychology. P. Q, 16.
    532. Kubie, L. S. (1962) The fallacious misuse of the concept of sublimation. PQ, 31.
    533. Kubie, L. S. (1972) Personal communication.
    534. Kubie, L. S. (1975) The language tools of psychoanalysis. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 2.
    535. Labov, W. (1972) Language in the Inner City. Philadelphia: Univ. Penn. Press.
    536. Lagache, D. (1953) Behavior and psychoanalytic experience In Drives. Affects, Behavior, ed. R. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    537. Langer, S. K. (1962) Problems and techniques of psychoanalytic validation and progress. In: Psychoanalysis as Science, ed. E. Pumplan-Mindlin. Stanford: Stanford Univ. Press.
    538. Langer, W. (1958) The next assignment. Amer. Imago, 15.
    539. Langhlin, H. P. (1967) The Neurosis. Washington: Butterworth.
    540. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1967) Vocabulaire de la Psychoanalyse. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.
    541. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1973) The Language of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.
    542. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1983) The Language of psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.
    543. Laseque, C. (1977) Les exhibitionnistes. L'Union Medicale, Froisieme Serie, 23.
    544. Leaff, L. A. (1971) Affect versus feeling. JAPA, 19.
    545. Leon, I. G. (1984) Psychoanalysis, Piaget and attachment. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.
    546. Lerner, H. E. (1976) Parental Mislabeling of female genitals as a determinant of penis envy and learning inhibitions in women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).
    547. Levey, M. (1985) The concept structure in psychoanalysis. Annu. Psychoanal. 12—13.
    548. Levy, D. (1983) Wittgenstein on the form of psychoanalytic interpretation. Int. Rev. Psycho-anal., 10.
    549. Levy, S. T. (1984) Principles of Interpretaion. New York: Aronson.
    550. Levy, S. T. (1984) Psychoanalytic perspectives on emptiness. JAPA, 32.
    551. Levy, S. T. (1985) Empathy and psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 33.
    552. Lewin, B. D. (1933) The body as phallus. PQ, 2.
    553. Lewin, B. D. (1946) Sleep, the mouth, and the dream screen. PQ, 15.
    554. Lewin, B. D. (1950) The Psychoanalysis of Elation. New York: Norton.
    555. Lewin, B. D. (1953) Reconslde ration of the dream screen. PQ, 22.
    556. Lewis, H. B. (1971) Shame and Guilt in Neurosis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    557. Lichtenberg, J., Bornstein, M. & Silver, D., eds. (1984) Empathy, vols. 1—2. Hillsdale & London: Analytic Press.
    558. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Kaplan, S. (1983) Reflections on Self Psychology. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.
    559. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Slap, J. W. (1973) Notes on the concept of splitting and defense mechanism of splitting of representations. JAPA, 21.
    560. Lichtenstein, H. (1961) Identity and sexuality. JAPA, 9.
    561. Lichtenstein, H. (1970) Changing implications of the concept of psychosexual development. JAPA, 18.
    562. Lidz, T., Fleck, S. & Cornelison. A. R. (1965) Schizophrenia and the Family. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    563. Lifschutz, J. E. (1976) A critique of reporting and assessment in the training analysis. JAPA, 24.
    564. Limentani, A. (1979) The significance of transsexualism in relation to some basic psychoanalytic concepts. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 6.
    565. Loewald, H. W. (1951) Ego and reality. IJP, 32.
    566. Loewald, H. W. (1959) The waning of the Oedipus complex. JAPA, 27.
    567. Loewald, H. W. (1962) Internalization, separation, mourning, and the superego. PQ, 31.
    568. Loewald, H. W. (1971) Some considerations on repetition and repetition compulsion. IJP, 52.
    569. Loewald, H. W. (1973) On internalization. IJP, 54.
    570. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951—72) Practice and Precept in Psycho analytic Technique. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, 1982.
    571. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951) The problem of interpretation. PQ, 20.
    572. Loewenstein, R. M. (1957) A contribution to the psychoanalytic theory of masochism. JAPA, 5.
    573. Loewenstein, R. M., Newman, L. M., Schur, M. & Solnit, A. J., eds. (1966) Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    574. Lorand, S. (1950) Clinical Studies in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    575. Lowinger, J. (1976) Ego Development. San Francisco: Jossey Bass.
    576. Luria, A. R. (1978) The human brain and conscious activity. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Shwarta & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1978, vol. 2.
    577. Lustman, J. (1977) On splitting. PSOC, 32.
    578. Lynd, H. M. (1961) On Shame and the Search for Identity New York: Science Editions.
    579. Madow, Z. & Snow, L. H., eds. (1970) The Psychodynamic Implications of the Physiological Studies on Dreams. Springfield, III: Thomas.
    580. Mahler, M. S. (1952) On child psychosis and schizophrenia. PSOC, 7.
    581. Mahler, M. S. (1963) Thoughts and development and individuation. PSOC. 12.
    582. Mahler, M. S. (1966) Notes on the development of basic moods: the depressive affect in psychoanalysis. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schuz & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    583. Mahler, M. S. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    584. Mahler, M. S. (1975) Discussion on Bernard L. Pacella's paper. JAPA, 23.
    585. Mahler, M. S. (1975) On the current status of infantile neurosis. JAPA, 23.
    586. Mahler, M. S. (1979) Selected Papers of Margaret S. Mahler, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.
    587. Mahler, M. S. & Purer, M. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    588. Mahler, M. S. & Gosliner, B. J. (1955) On Symbiotic child psychosis. PSOC, 10.
    589. Mahler, M. S., Pine, F. & Bergman, A. (1975) The Psychological Birth of the Human Infant. New York: Basic Books.
    590. Mahony, P. (1979) The boundaries of free association. Psychoanal. Contemp. Thought, 2.
    591. Malcove, L. (1975) The analytic situation (and Panel discussion). J. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 2.
    592. Marcovitz, E. (1973) On confidentiality in psychoanalysis. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 23.
    593. Marcus, I. M. & Francis, J. J. (1975) Masturbation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    594. Marty, P. & de M'Uzan, M. (1963) La pensйe opйratoire. Rev. Psychoanaltique, 27 suppl.
    595. Masson, J. M. (1980) The Oceanic Feeling. Boston: D. Reidel Publishing Company.
    596. Masters, W. H. & Johnson, V. E. (1966) Human Sexual Response. Boston: Little, Brown.
    597. McDaugall, J. (1984) The "dis-affected" patient. PQ, 53.
    598. McDevitt, J. B. (1975) Separation-individuation and object constancy. JAPA, 23.
    599. Meehl, P. E. (1962) Hedonic capacity. Bull. Menn. Clin., 39.
    600. Meissner, W. H. (1978) The Paranoid Process. New York: Aronson.
    601. Meissner, W. W. (1979) Internalization and object relations. JAPA, 27.
    602. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Internalization in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    603. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Metapsychology: who needs it. JAPA, 29.
    604. Meissner, W. W., Mack, J. E. & Semrad, E. V. (1975) Classical Psychoanalysis. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. A. M. Freedman, H. I. Kaplan & J. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
    605. Menninger, W. (1943) Characterologic and symptomatic expressions related to the anal phase of psycho sexual development. PQ, 12.
    606. Mesmer, Franz Anton (1965) The Nature of Hypnosis, ed. Ronald E. Shor and Martin T. Orne. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.
    607. Metcalf, D. & Spitz, R. A. (1978) The transitional object. In: Grolnick et al. (1978).
    608. Meyer, B. C. (1972) The contribution of psychoanalysis to biography. Psychoanal. Contemp. Sci., 1.
    609. Meyer, J. (1982) The theory of gender identity disorders. JAPA, 30.
    610. Meyer, J. (1985) Ego-dystonic homosexuality. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, 4th ed., ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
    611. Meyer, J. (1985) Paraphilia. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 4th ed.
    612. Michaels, R. & Gaeger, R. K. Adaptation. PMC. Forthcoming.
    613. Milrod, D. (1982) The wished-for-self-image. PSOC, 37.
    614. Modell, A. H. (1958) The Theoretical implications of hallucinatory experiences in schizophrenia. JAFA, 6.
    615. Modell, A. H. (1965) Object Love and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    616. Modell, A. H. (1970) The transitional object and the creative act. PQ, 39.
    617. Modell, A. H. (1975) The ego and the id. IJP, 56.
    618. Money, J. & Green, R. (1969) Transsexualism and Sex Reassignment. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.
    619. Monroe, R. R (1970) Episodic Behavior Disorders. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.
    620. Moore, B. E. (164) Frigidity. PQ. 33.
    621. Moore, B. E. (1975) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.
    622. Moore, B. E. (1975) Toward a clarification on the concept of narcissism. PSOC, 30.
    623. Moore, B. E. (1976) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.
    624. Moore, B. E. (1977) Psychic representation and female orgasm. In: Female Psychology, ed. H. P. Blum. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    625. Moore, B. E. & Fine, B. D., eds. (1967) A Glossary of Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts. New York: Amer. Psychoanal. Assn.
    626. Moore, B. E. & Rubinfine, D. Z. (1969) The mechanism of denial. Kris Study Group Monographs, New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 3.
    627. Moses, R. (1978) Adult psychic trauma. IJP, 59.
    628. Murray, C. D. (1930) Psychogenic factors in the etiology of ulcerative colitis and bloody diarrhea. Amer. J. Med. Sci., 180.
    629. Nagera, H., ed. (1966) Early Childhood Disturbances, the Infantile Neurosis, and the Adulthood Disturbances. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    630. Nagera, H. (1967) The concepts of structure and structuralization. PSOC, 22.
    631. Nagera, H. (1969—71) Basic Psychoanalytic Concepts. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    632. Nagera, H. (1976) Obsessional Neuroses. New York: Aronson.
    633. Natterson, J. M. (1980) The Dream in Clinical Practice. New York: Jason Aronson.
    634. Nemiah, J. C. & Sifneos, P. E. (1970) Affect and fantasy in patients with psychosomatic disorders. In: Modern Trends in Psychosomatic Medicine, ed. O. W. Hill. London: Butterworths, vol. 2.
    635. Neubaner, P. B. (1979) The role of insight in psychoanalysis JAPA, 27.
    636. Neubaner, P. B. (1982) Rivalry, envy, and Jealousy. PSOC, 37.
    637. Novick, J. (1982) Varieties of transference in the analysis of an adolescent. IJP, 42.
    638. Novick, J. & Kelly, K. (1970) Projection and externalization. PSOC, 25.
    639. Noy, P. Wollstein, S. & Kaplan-de-Nour, A. (1966) Clinical observations of the psychogenesis of impotence. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 39.
    640. Nunberg, H. (1948) The synthetic function of the ego. In: Practice and Theory of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.
    641. Nunberg, H. (1954) Evaluation of the results of psychoanalytic treatment. IJP, 35.
    642. Nunberg, H. (1955) Principles of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    643. Ogden, T. (1982) Projective Identification and Psycho-therapeutic Technique. New York: Jason Aronson.
    644. Olinick, S. Z. (1964) The negative therapeutic reaction. IJP, 45.
    645. Olinick, S. Z. (1980) The Psychotheraputic Instrument. New York: Jason Aronson.
    646. Ornston, D. G. (1978) On projection. PSOC, 33.
    647. Ornston, D. G. (1982) Strachey's influence. IJP, 63.
    648. Ornston, D. G. (1985a) Freud's conception is different from Strachey's. JAPA, 33.
    649. Ornston, D. G. (1985b) The invention of "cathexes" and Strachey's strategy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 12.
    650. Ornston, D. G. (1988) How standard is the "Standard Edition? In Freud in Exile, ed. E. Timns & N. Segal. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    651. Orr, D. W. (1954) Transference and countertransference. JAPA, 2.
    652. Ostow, M. (1974) Sexual Deviation. New York: Quadrangle.
    653. Pacella, B. (1975) Early ego development and the deja vu. JAPA, 23.
    654. Panel (1957) Acting out and its relation to impulse disorders. M. Kanzer, reporter. JAPA, 5.
    655. Panel (1958) Problems of identity. D. Z. Rubinfine, reporter. JAPA, 6.
    656. Panel (1958) Technical aspects of regression during psychoanalysis. K. T. Calder, reporter. JAFA, 11.
    657. Panel (1963) The concept of the id. E. Marcovitz, reporter. JAPA, 11.
    658. Panel (1964) Depersonalization. W. A. Stewart, reporter. JAPA, 12.,.
    659. Panel (1966) Clinical and theoretical aspects of "as-if" characters. J. Weiss, reporter. JAPA, 11.
    660. Panel (1969) The theory of genital primacy in the light of ego psychology. M. Berezin, reporter. JAPA, 17.
    661. Panel (1971) Action, acting out, and the symptomatic act. N. Actins, reporter. JAPA, 18.
    662. Panel (1970) Psychoanalytic theory of affects. L. B. Lofgren, reporter. JAPA, 16.
    663. Panel (1970) The development of the child's sense of his sexual identity. Virginia, L. Glower, reporter. JAPA, 18.
    664. Panel (1970) The negative therapeutic reaction. S. L. Olinick, reporter. JAPA, 18.
    665. Panel (1972) Levels of confidentiality in the psychoanalytic situation. A. S. Watson, reporter JAPA, 20.
    666. Panel (1974) Toward a theory of affects. P. Castelneuvo-Tedesco, reporter. JAPA, 22. W.
    667. Panel (1975) The analytic situation. S. T. Shapiro, reporter. J. Phila. Aasn. Psychoanal.,2.
    668. Panel (1980) New directions in affect theory. E. P. Lester, reporter. JAPA, 30.
    669. Panel (1981) Insight. K. H. Blacker, reporter. JAPA, 29.
    670. Panel (1981) Masochism. W. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 29.
    671. Panel (1982) Beyond lay analysis. H. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 30.
    672. Panel (1983) Clinical aspects of character. M. Willick, reporter. JAPA, 31.
    673. Panel (1983) Theory of character. S. M. Abend, reporter. JAPA, 31.
    674. Panel (1984) The neutrality of the analyst in the analytic situation, R. J. Leider, reporter. JAPA, 32. (1985) Perspectives on the nature of psychic reality. E. Roughton, reporter. JAPA, 33.
    675. Panel (1987) Toward the further understanding of homosexual women. A Wolfson, reporter. JAPA, 35.
    676. Pao, P.-N. (1971) Elation, hypomania and mania. JAFA, 19.
    677. Parens, H. (1979) The Development of Aggression in Early Childhood. New York: Jason Aronson.
    678. Parens, H. (1980) Psychic development during the second and third years of life. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington: Nat. Inst. Health.
    679. Parens, H. & Saul, L. J. (1971) Dependence in Man. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    680. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1974) The transsexual syndrome in males. Amer. J. Psychother., 28.
    681. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1983) Psychoanalytic theories of gender identity. J. Amer. Acad. Psychoanal., 2.
    682. Peterfreund, E. & Schwartz, J. T. (1971) Information, systems, and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    683. Peto, A. (1976) The etiological significance of the primal scene in perversions. PQ, 44.
    684. Pfeffer, A. Z. (1984) Modes of obsessional thinking. Presented at the New York Psychoanalytic Society, October 23.
    685. Piaget, J. (1937) The Construction of Reality in the Child. New York: Basic Books, 1954.
    686. Piaget, J. (1962) Play, Dreams and Imitation in Childhood New York: Norton.
    687. Piers, G. & Singer, M. B. (1953) Shame and Guilt. Springfield: Thomas; New ed., New York: Norton.
    688. Pine, F. (1985) Developmental Theory and Clinical Process. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    689. Poland, W. S. (1984) On the analyst's neutrality. JAFA, 32.
    690. Pollock, G. H. (1961) Mourning and adaptation. IJP, 42.
    691. Pollock, G. H. (1978) Process and affect. IJP, 59.
    692. Potamianau, A. (1985) The personal myth. PSOC, 40.
    693. Provence, S. & Lipton, R. (1962) Infants in Institutions. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    694. Pulver, S. E. Symptomatology. PMC. Forthcoming.
    695. Pulver, S. E. (1970) Narcissism. JAPA, 18.
    696. Rado, S. (1949) An adaptational view of sexual behavior In Psychosexual Development in Health and Disease, ed. P. H. Hock & J. Lubin. New York: Grune & Stratton.
    697. Rangell, L. Affects. PMC. Forthcoming.
    698. Rangell, L. (1959) The nature of conversion. JAPA, 7.
    699. Rangell, L. (1963) Structural problems in intrapsychic conflict. PSOC, 18.
    700. Rangell, L. (1966) An overview of the ending of an analysis. In: Psychoanalysis in Americas, ed. R. E. Litman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    701. Rangell, L. (1968) A point of view on acting out. IJP, 49.
    702. Rangell, L. (1981) From insight to change. JAPA, 29.
    703. Rangell, L. (1981) Psychoanalysis and dynamic psychotherapy. PQ, 50.
    704. Rangell, L. (1983) Defense and resistance in psychoanalysis and life. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).
    705. Rangell, L. (1985) The object in psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 33.
    706. Rank, O. (1909) The Myth of the Birth of the Hero. New York: Nerv. Ment. Dis. Monogr., 18.
    707. Rank, O. (1924) The Trauma of Birth. New York: Robert Brunner, 1952.
    708. Rapaport, D. (1942) Emotions and Memory. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1950.
    709. Rapaport, D. (1960) The structure of Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, monogr. 6, New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    710. Rapaport, D. & Gill, M. M. (1959) The points of view and assumptions of metapsychology. In: The Collected Papers of David Rapaport. New York: Basic Books, 1967.
    711. Rapoport, A. (1955) The role of symbols in human behavior. Psychiatric Research Reports, vol. 2, ed. J. S. Gottlieb et al. Washington: Amer. Psychiat. Assn.
    712. Rappaport, E. A. (1968) Beyond traumatic neurosis. IJP, 49.
    713. Reich, A. (1951) On countertransference. In: Psychoanalytic Contributions. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1973.
    714. Reich, A. (1953) Narcissistic object choice in women. JAPA, 1.
    715. Reich, A. (1954) Early identifications as archaic elements in the superego. JAPA, 2.
    716. Reich, A. (1960) Pathologic forms of self-esteem regulation. PSOC, 15.
    717. Reich, W. (1933) Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Press, 1949.
    718. Reich, W. (1933) Some circumscribed character forms. In: Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Institute Press.
    719. Reik, T. (1919) Ritual. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    720. Reiser, M. (1984) Mind, Brain and Body New York: Basic Books.
    721. Richards, A. D. (1985) Isakower-like experience on the couch. PQ. 54.
    722. Ricoeur, P. (1970) Freud and Philosophy. New Haven — Yale Univ. Press.
    723. Ricoeur, P. (1976) Interpretation Theory. Forth Worth-Texas Christian Univ. Press.
    724. Rinsley, D. B. (1982) Fairbairn's object relations and classical concepts of dynamics and structure. In: Borderline and Other Self Disorders' A Developmental and Object-Relations Respective New York: Jason Aronson.
    725. Rioch, M. (1970) The work of W. R Bion on groups. Psychiatry, 33.
    726. Ritvo, S. (1971) Late adolescence. PSOC, 18.
    727. Ritvo, S. (1974) Current status of the concept of infantile neurosis. PSOC, 29.
    728. Robbins, F & Sadow, L (1974) A developmental hypothesis of reality processing. JAPA, 22.
    729. Rodman, F. R. (1987) Introduction In the Spontaneous Gesture — Selected Letters of D. W. Winnicott, ed. F. R. Rodman Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.
    730. Roiphe, H. (1968) On an early genital phase. PSOC, 23.
    731. Roiphe, H. & Galenson, E. (1981) Infantile Roots of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    732. Rose, G. (1978) The creativity of everyday life. In: Grolnick et al (1978).
    733. Rose, H. (1928) A Handbook of Greek Mythology. London: Methuen.
    734. Rosenblatt, A. D. & Thickstun, J T. (1970) A study of the concept of psychic energy. IJP, 51.
    735. Rosenthal, S. M. (1968) The involutional depressive syndrome. Amer J. Psychiat., 124.
    736. Ross, N. (1967) The "as-if" concept. JAPA, 15.
    737. Ross, N. (1970) The primacy of genitality in the light of ego psychology. JAPA, 18.
    738. Rothstein, A. (1983) The Structural Hypothesis. New York: Int., Univ. Press.
    739. Roughton, R. Action and acting out. FMC. Forthcoming.
    740. Rubinstein, B. B. (1972) On metaphor and related phenomena. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. A. R. Holt & E. Peterfreund., New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.
    741. Rutter, M. (1972) Maternal Deprivation. Baltimore: Penguin Books.
    742. Rycroft, C. (1968) A critical Dictionary of Psychoanalysis New York: Basic Books.
    743. Sachs, D. M. (1979) On the relationship between psycho-analysis and psychoanalytic psychotherapy. Bull. Phila Assn. Psychoanal, 6.
    744. Sachs, H. (1942) The Creative Unconscious Cambridge, Mass.: Sci. Art. Publishers.
    745. Samuels, A. (1985) Jung and the Post-Jungians London — Routledge & Kegan Paul.
    746. Sandler, J. (1960) On the concept of the superego. PSOC, 15.
    747. Sandler, J., Dare, C. & Holder, A (1973) The negative therapeutic reaction. In: The Patient and the Analyst New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    748. Sandler, J. & Freud, A. (1985) The Analysis of Defense. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    749. Sandler, J., Hodler, A. & Meers, D. (1963) The ego ideal and the ideal self. PSOC, 18.
    750. Sandler, J., Kennedy, H & Tyson, R. L (1980) The Technique of Child Psychoanalysis. Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.
    751. Sandler, J. & Rosenblatt, B. (1962) The concept of the representational world. PSOC, 17.
    752. Sandler, J. & Sandier, A. M. (1978) On the development of object relationships and affects. IJP, 59.
    753. Sarlin, C. N. (1962) Depersonalization and derealization. JAPA, 10.
    754. Sarlin, C. N. (1970) The current status of the concept of genital primacy. JAPA. 18.
    755. Sarnoff, C. A. (1978) Latency. New York: Aronson.
    756. Saussure de, F. (1911) Course in General Linguistic. New York: McGraw Hill.
    757. Schafer. R. (1968) Aspects of Internalization. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    758. Schafer. R. (1974) Problems in Freud's psychology of women. JAPA, 22.
    759. Schafer. R. (1975) Psychoanalysis without psychodynamics. IJP, 56.
    760. Schafer. R. (1976) A New Language for Psychoanalysis. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    761. Schafer. R. (1983) The Analytic Attitude. New York: Basic Books.
    762. Schechner, R. & Schuman, M. (1976) Ritual, Play and Performance New York: Seabury Press.
    763. Schlesinger, N. & Robbins, F. P. (1983) A Developmental View of the Psychoanalytic Process. New York; Int. Univ. Press.
    764. Schneirla, T. C. (1959) An evolutionary and developmental theory of biphasic processes underlying approach and withdrawal. In: Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, ed. H. R. Jones. London: Univ. Nebraska Press.
    765. Schur, M. (1955) Comments on the metapsychology of somatization. PSOC, 10.
    766. Schur, M. (1966) The Id and the Regulatory Principles of Mental Functioning. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    767. Schuster. D. B. (1969) Bisexuality and body as phallus. PQ, 38.
    768. Schwartz, H. J., ed. (1984) Psychotherapy of the Combat Veteran. New York: SP Medical and Scientific Books.
    769. Segal, H. (1957) Notes on symbol formation. IJP, 39.
    770. Segal, H. (1964) Introduction to the Work of Melanie Klein. London: Hogarth Press, 1973.
    771. Segal, H. (1973) Introduction to the work of Melanie Klein. London: W. Heinemann.
    772. Segal, H. (1981) The Work of Hanna Segal. New York: Jason Aronson.
    773. Segal, H. (1986) Illumination of the dim, shadowy era. Sunday Times, London, May 11, 1986.
    774. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1982) Psychoanalytic theories of aggression. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 2.
    775. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1984) The end phase of analysis. JAPA, 32.
    776. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1985) Change and integration in psychoanalytic developmental theory. In: New Ideas in Psychoanalysis, ed. C. F. Settlage & R. Brockbank. Hillsdale, N. J. Analytic Press.
    777. Shapiro, T. (1979) Clinical Psycholinguistics. New York: Plenum Press.
    778. Shapiro, T. (1984) On neutrality. JAPA, 32.
    779. Shengold, L. (1967) The effects of overstimulation. IJP, 48.
    780. Shopper, M. (1979) The (re)discovery of the vagina and the importance of the menstrual tampon. In: Female Adolescent Development, ed. M. Sugar. New York: Brunner/Mazel.
    781. Sifneos, P. E. (1975) Problems of psychotherapy of patients with alexithymic characteristics and physical disease Psychother & Psychosom., 26.
    782. Slap, J. & Saykin, J. (1984) On the nature and organization of the repressed. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 4.
    783. Slovenko, R. (1973) Psychiatry and Law. Boston: Little, Brown.
    784. Smith, J. H. (1976) Language and the genealogy of the absent object. In: Psychiatry and the Humanities, vol. 1, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven-Yale Univ. Press.
    785. Smith, J. H. ed. (1978) Psychoanalysis and Language. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    786. Smith, W. R. (1894) The Religion of the Semites. New York: Meridian Library, 1956.
    787. Socarides, C. W. (1963) The historical development of theoretical and clinical aspects of female homosexuality. JAPA, 11.
    788. Socarides, C. W. (1970) A psychoanalytic study of the desire for sexual transformation ("transsexualism"). IJP, 51.
    789. Socarides, C. W. (1978) Homosexuality. New York: Jason Aronson.
    790. Socarides, C. W. (1982) Abdication fathers, Homosexual Sons. In: Father and Child, ed. S. H. Cath, A. R. Gurwitt & J. M. Ross. Boston: Little, Brown.
    791. Solnit, A. J. & Ritvo, S. Instinct theory. PMC. Forthcoming.
    792. Sophocles. The Oedipus Cycle, tr. D. Fitts & R. Fitzgerald. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1969.
    793. Sours, J. A. (1974) The anorexia nervosa syndrome. IJP, 55.
    794. Sours, J. A. (1980) Starving to Death in a Sia of Objects. New York: Aronson.
    795. Spence, J. T. & Helmrich, R. L. (1978) Masculinity and Femininity. Austin and London: Univ. of Texas Press.
    796. Sperber, D. (1974) Rethinking Symbolism. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press.
    797. Sperling, M. (1976) Anorexia nervosa. In: Psychosomatic Disorders in Childhood, ed. O. Sperling. New York: Aronson.
    798. Spitz, R. A. (1945) Hospitalism. FSOC. 1.
    799. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Anaclitic depression. PSOC, 2.
    800. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Hospitalism: A follow-up report. PSOC, 2.
    801. Spitz, R. A. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psychol. Monagr. 34.
    802. Spitz, R. A. (1955) The primal cavity. PSOC, 10.
    803. Spitz, R. A. (1957) No and Yes. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    804. Spitz, R. A. (1959) A Genetic Field Theory of Ego Formation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    805. Spitz, R. A. (1965) The First Year of Life. New York:Int. Univ. Press.
    806. Spitz, R. A. & Wolf, K. M. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psycholol. Monogr., 34.
    807. Spruiell, V. The self. PMC. Forthcoming.
    808. Stamm, J. L. (1962) Altered ego states allied to the depersonalization. JAPA, 10.
    809. Stein, M. (1971) The principle of multiple function. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 21.
    810. Stekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.
    811. Sterba, R. E. (1936—37) Hardwцrterbuch der Psychoanalyse. Vienna: Int. Psychoanal. Verlag.
    812. Stern, D. N. (1974) The goal and structure of mother-infant play. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 13.
    813. Stern, D. N. (1984) Affect attunement. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.
    814. Stern, D. N. (1985) The Interpersonal World of the Infant New York: Basic Books.
    815. Stevens, A. (1982) Archetype. London: Rouledge & Kegan Paul.
    816. Stoller, R. J. (1971) The term "transvestism". Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 24.
    817. Stoller, R. J. (1972) The "bedrock" of masculinity and femininity: bisexuality. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 26.
    818. Stoller, R. J. (1974) Hostility and mystery in perversion. IJP, 55.
    819. Stoller, R. J. (1975) Sex and Gender, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.
    820. Stoller, R. J. (1976) Primary femininity. JAPA, 24 (5).
    821. Stoller, R. J. (1982) Hear miss. In: Eating, Sleeping, and Sexuality, ed. M. Zalea. New York: Brunner/ Mazel.
    822. Stoller, R. J. (1985) Observing the Erotic Imagination. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    823. Stolorow, R. (1984) Self psychology — a structural psychology. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.
    824. Stolorow, R. Transference. PMC. Forthcoming.
    825. Stone, L. (1954) The widening scope of indications for psychoanalysis. JAPA, 2.
    826. Stone, L. (1961) The Psychoanalytic Situation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    827. Stone, L. (1967) The psychoanalytic situation and transference. JAPA, 15.
    828. Stone, L. (1971) Reflections on the psychoanalytic concept of aggression. FQ, 40.
    829. Stone, L. (1973) On resistance to the psychoanalytic process. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. B. B. Rubinstein. New York: Macmillan, vol. 2.
    830. Stone, M. H. (1980) Borderline Syndromes. New York: McGrow Hill.
    831. Strachey, J. (1934) The nature of the therapeutic action of psychoanalysis. IJP, 15.
    832. Strachey, J. (1962) The emergence of Freud's fundamental hypothesis. SE, 3.
    833. Strachey, J. (1963) Obituary (Joan Riviere). IJP, 44.
    834. Strachey, J. (1966) General preface. SE, 1.
    835. Swank, R. L. (1949) Combat exhaustion. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 109.
    836. Szekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.
    837. Taylor, G. J. (1977) Alexithymia and countertranceference. Psychother & Psychosom., 28.
    838. Ticho, E. (1972) Termination of psychoanalysis. PQ, 41.
    839. Tolpin, M. (1970) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 25.
    840. Tolpin, M. (1971) On the beginnings of a cohesive self. PSOC. 26.
    841. Tolpin, M. & Kohut, H. (1980) The disorders of the self. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington, B. C.: U. S. Dept. Health and Human Services.
    842. Turkle, S. (1986) A review of Grosskurth, P.: Molanie Klein. New York: Times Books, Review, May 18, 1986.
    843. Tyson, P. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.
    844. Tyson, P. (1982) A developmental line of gender identity, gender role, and choice of love object. JAPA, 30.
    845. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.
    846. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. The psychoanalitic theory of development. PMC. Forthcoming.
    847. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. (1984) Narcissism and superego development. JAPA, 34.
    848. Tyson, R. & Sundler, J. (1971) Problems in the selection of patients for psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 44.
    849. Valenstein, A. F. (1979) The concept of "classical" psycho-analysis. JAPA. 27. (suppl.).
    850. Volkan, V. D. (1981) Linking Objects and Linking Phenomena. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    851. Waelder, R. (1930) The principle of multiple function. PQ, 5.
    852. Waelder, R. (1962) Book review of Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy, ed. S. Hook. JAPA, 10.
    853. Waelder, R. (1962) Psychoanalysis scientific method, and philosophy. JAPA, 10.
    854. Waelder, R. (1963) Psychic determinism and the possibility of prediction. PQ, 32.
    855. Waelder, R. (1967) Trauma and the variety of extraordinary challenges. In: Fuest (1967).
    856. Waelder, R. (1967) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety: forty years later. PQ, 36.
    857. Waldhorn, H. F. (1960) Assessment of analyzability. PQ, 29.
    858. Waldhorn, H. F. & Fine, B. (1971) Trauma and symbolism. Kris Study Group monogr. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    859. Wallace, E. R. (1983) Freud and Anthropology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    860. Wallerstein, R. Reality. PMC. Forthcoming.
    861. Wallerstein, R. (1965) The goals of psychoanalysis. JAPA, 13.
    862. Wallerstein, R. (1975) Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    863. Wallerstein, R. (1983) Defenses, defense mechanisms and the structure of the mind. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).
    864. Wallerstein, R. (1988) One psychoanalysis or many? IJP, 69.
    865. Wangh, M. (1979) Some psychoanalytic observations on boredom. IJP, 60.
    866. Weinshel, E. M. (1968) Some psychoanalytic considerations on moods. IJP, 51.
    867. Weinshel, E. M. (1971) The ego in health and normality. JAPA, 18.
    868. Weisman, A. D. (1972) On Dying and Denying. New York: Behavioral Publications.
    869. Weinstock, H. J. (1962) Successful treatment of ulcerative colitis by psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Psychoanal. Res., 6.
    870. Welmore, R. J. (1963) The role of grief in psychoanalysis. IJP. 44.
    871. Werner, H. & Kaplan, B. (1984) Symbol Formation. Hillsdale N. J.: Lawrence Eribaum.
    872. White. R. W. (1963) Ego and Reality in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, 3.
    873. Whitman, R. M. (1963) Remembering and forgetting dreams in psychoanalysis. JAPA, 11.
    874. Wiedeman, G. Sexuality. PMC. Forthcoming.
    875. Wiedeman, G. (1962) Survey of psychoanalytic literature on overt male homosexuality. JAPA, 10.
    876. Wieder, H. (1966) Intellectuality. PSOC, 21.
    877. Wieder, H. (1978) The psychoanalytic treatment of preadolescents In Child Analysis and Therapy, ed. J. Glenn. New York Aronson.
    878. Willick, M. S. Defense. PMC. Forthcoming.
    879. Wilson, C. P. (1967) Stone as a symbol of teeth. PQ, 36.
    880. Wilson, C. P Hohan, C. & Mintz, I. (1983) Fear of Being Fat. New York: Aronson.
    881. Wilson, C. P. S Mintz, I. (1982) Abstaining and bulimic anorexics. Primary Care, 9.
    882. Wilson, E. O. (1978) On Human Nature. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.
    883. Winnicott, C. (1978) D. W. W.: a reflection. In: Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.
    884. Winnicott, D. W. (1953) Transitional object and transitional phenomena. In: Collected Papers. New York Basic Books, 1958.
    885. Winnicott, D. W. (1956) Primary maternal preoccupation. In: Winnicott (1958).
    886. Winnicott, D. W. (1958) Collected Papers. New York: Basic Books, Inc.
    887. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) Ego distortions in terms of true and false self. In: The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.
    888. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) The theory of the parent-infant relationship. In: Winnicott (1965).
    889. Winnicott, D. W. (1965) The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    890. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Playing and Reality. New York: Basic Books.
    891. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Therapeutic Consultations in Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.
    892. Winnicott, D. W. (1977) The Piggle. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    893. Winson, J. (1985) Brain and Psyche. New York: Anchor Press.
    894. Wolf, E. S. (1976) Ambience and abstinence. Annu. Psycho-anal., 4.
    895. Wolf, E. S. (1980) On the developmental line of self-object relations. In: Advances in Self Psychology, ed. A. Goldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    896. Wolf, E. S. (1983) Empathy and countertransference. In: The Future of Psychoanalysis, ed. A. Coldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    897. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Disruptions in the psychoanalytic treatment of disorders of the self. In: Kohut's Legacy, ed. P. Stepansky & A. Coldberg, Hillsdale, H. J.: Analytic Press, 1984.
    898. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Selfobject relations disorders. In: Character Pathology, ed. M. Zales. New York: Bruner/Mazel.
    899. Wolf, E. S. & Trosman, H. (1974) Freud and Popper-Lynkeus. JAPA, 22.
    900. Wolfenstein, M. (1966) How is mourning possible? PSOC, 21.
    901. Wolman, B. B. ed. (1977) The International Encyclopedia of Psychiatry, Psychology, Psychoanalysis, and Neurology. New York: Aesculapius.
    902. Wolpert, E. A. (1980) Major affective disorders. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. I. Kaplan, A. M. Freedman & B. J. Saddock. Boston: Williams & Wilkins, vol. 2.
    903. Wurmser, L. (1977) A defense of the use of metaphor in analytic theory formation. PQ, 46.
    904. Wurmser, L. (1981) The Mask of Shame. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.
    905. Zetzel, E. R. (1956) Current concepts of transference. TJP, 37.

    Словарь психоаналитических терминов и понятий > БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ

  • 22 ἐν

    ἐν prep. w. dat. (Hom.+). For lit. s. ἀνά and εἰς, beg. For special NT uses s. AOepke, TW II 534–39. The uses of this prep. are so many and various, and oft. so easily confused, that a strictly systematic treatment is impossible. It must suffice to list the main categories, which will help establish the usage in individual cases. The earliest auditors/readers, not being inconvenienced by grammatical and lexical debates, would readily absorb the context and experience little difficulty.
    marker of a position defined as being in a location, in, among (the basic idea, Rob. 586f)
    of the space or place within which someth. is found, in: ἐν τῇ πόλει Lk 7:37. ἐν Βηθλέεμ Mt 2:1. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 3:1 (Just., D. 19, 5, cp. A I, 12, 6 ἐν ἐρημίᾳ) ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ Ac 5:42. ἐν οἴκῳ 1 Ti 3:15 and very oft. ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house Lk 2:49 and perh. Mt 20:15 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302, C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός; PTebt 12, 3; POxy 523, 3; Tob 6:11 S; Goodsp., Probs. 81–83). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ Mt 20:3. ἐν (τῷ) οὐρανῷ in heaven (Arat., Phaen. 10; Diod S 4, 61, 6; Plut., Mor. 359d τὰς ψυχὰς ἐν οὐρανῷ λάμπειν ἄστρα; Tat. 12, 2 τὰ ἄστρα τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ) Ac 2:19 (Jo 3:3); Rv 12:1; IEph 19:2.—W. quotations and accounts of the subject matter of literary works: in (Ps.-Demetr. c. 226 ὡς ἐν τῷ Εὐθυδήμῳ; Simplicius in Epict. p. 28, 37 ἐν τῷ Φαίδωνι; Ammon. Hermiae in Aristot. De Interpret. c. 9 p. 136, 20 Busse ἐν Τιμαίῳ παρειλήφαμεν=we have received as a tradition; 2 Macc 2:4; 1 Esdr 1:40; 5:48; Sir 50:27; Just., A I, 60, 1 ἐν τῷ παρὰ Πλάτωνι Τιμαίῳ) ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9. ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Lk 24:44; J 1:45. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις Ac 13:40. ἐν Ἠλίᾳ in the story of Elijah Ro 11:2 (Just., D. 120, 3 ἐν τῷ Ἰούδα). ἐν τῷ Ὡσηέ 9:25 (Just., D. 44, 2 ἐν τῷ Ἰεζεκιήλ). ἐν Δαυίδ in the Psalter ( by David is also prob.: s. 6) Hb 4:7. ἐν ἑτέρῳ προφήτῃ in another prophet B 6:14. Of inner life φανεροῦσθαι ἐν ταῖς συνειδήσεσι be made known to (your) consciences 2 Cor 5:11. ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Mt 5:28; 13:19; 2 Cor 11:12 et al.
    on ἐν τῷ ὄρει (X., An. 4, 3, 31; Diod S 14, 16, 2 λόφος ἐν ᾧ=a hill on which; Jos., Ant. 12, 259; Just., D. 67, 9 ἐν ὄρει Χωρήβ) J 4:20f; Hb 8:5 (Ex 25:40). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ in the market Mt 20:3. ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mt 5:25. ἐν πλαξίν on tablets 2 Cor 3:3. ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις τῶν πλατειῶν on the street corners Mt 6:5.
    within the range of, at, near (Soph., Fgm. 37 [34 N.2] ἐν παντὶ λίθῳ=near every stone; Artem. 4, 24 p. 217, 19 ἐν Τύρῳ=near Tyre; Polyaenus 8, 24, 7 ἐν τῇ νησῖδι=near the island; Diog. L. 1, 34; 85; 97 τὰ ἐν ποσίν=what is before one’s feet; Jos., Vi. 227 ἐν Χαβωλώ) ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακείῳ (q.v.) J 8:20. ἐν τῷ Σιλωάμ near the pool of Siloam Lk 13:4. καθίζειν ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ τινος sit at someone’s right hand (cp. 1 Esdr 4:29) Eph 1:20; Hb 1:3; 8:1.
    among, in (Hom.+; PTebt 58, 41 [111 B.C.]; Sir 16:6; 31:9; 1 Macc 4:58; 5:2; TestAbr B 9 p. 13, 27 [Stone p. 74]; Just., A I, 5, 4 ἐν βαρβάροις) ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ in the generation now living Mk 8:38. ἐν τῷ γένει μου among my people Gal 1:14 (Just., D. 51, 1 al. ἐν τῷ γένει ὑμῶν). ἐν ἡμῖν Hb 13:26. ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ in the crowd Mk 5:30 (cp. Sir 7:7). ἐν ἀλλήλοις mutually (Thu. 1, 24, 4; Just., D. 101, 3) Ro 1:12; 15:5. ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν (=among the commanding officers: Diod S 18, 61, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 21 §84) Ἰούδα Mt 2:6 et al. ἐν ἀνθρώποις among people (as Himerius, Or. 48 [14], 11; Just., A I, 23, 3, D. 64, 7) Lk 2:14; cp. Ac 4:12.
    before, in the presence of, etc. (cp. Od. 2, 194; Eur., Andr. 359; Pla., Leg. 9, 879b; Demosth. 24, 207; Polyb. 5, 39, 6; Epict. 3, 22, 8; Appian, Maced. 18 §2 ἐν τοῖς φίλοις=in the presence of his friends; Sir 19:8; Jdth 6:2; PPetr. II, 4 [6], 16 [255/254 B.C.] δινὸν γάρ ἐστιν ἐν ὄχλῳ ἀτιμάζεσθαι=before a crowd) σοφίαν λαλοῦμεν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις in the presence of mature (i.e. spiritually sophisticated) adults 1 Cor 2:6 (cp. Simplicius in Epict. p. 131, 20 λέγειν τὰ θεωρήματα ἐν ἰδιώταις). ἐν τ. ὠσὶν ὑμῶν in your hearing Lk 4:21 (cp. Judg 17:2; 4 Km 23:2; Bar 1:3f), where the words can go linguistically just as well w. πεπλήρωται as w. ἡ γραφὴ αὕτη (this passage of scripture read in your hearing). ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς τινος in someone’s eyes, i.e. judgment (Wsd 3:2; Sir 8:16; Jdth 3:4; 12:14; 1 Macc 1:12) Mt 21:42 (Ps 117:23). ἔν τινι in the same mng. as early as Trag. (Soph., Oed. C. 1213 ἐν ἐμοί=in my judgment, Ant. 925 ἐν θεοῖς καλά; also Pla., Prot. 337b; 343c) ἐν ἐμοί 1 Cor 14:11; possibly J 3:21 (s. 4c below) and Jd 1 belong here.—In the ‘forensic’ sense ἔν τινι can mean in someone’s court or forum (Soph., Ant. 459; Pla., Gorg. 464d, Leg. 11, 916b; Ael. Aristid. 38, 3 K.=7 p. 71 D.; 46 p. 283, 334 D.; Diod S 19, 51, 4; Ps.-Heraclit., Ep. 4, 6; but in several of these pass. the mng. does not go significantly beyond ‘in the presence of’ [s. above]) ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Cor 6:2 ( by you is also tenable; s. 6 below).
    esp. to describe certain processes, inward: ἐν ἑαυτῷ to himself, i.e. in silence, διαλογίζεσθαι Mk 2:8; Lk 12:17; διαπορεῖν Ac 10:17; εἰδέναι J 6:61; λέγειν Mt 3:9; 9:21; Lk 7:49; εἰπεῖν 7:39 al.; ἐμβριμᾶσθαι J 11:38.
    marker of a state or condition, in
    of being clothed and metaphors assoc. with such condition in, with (Hdt. 2, 159; X., Mem. 3, 11, 4; Diod S 1, 12, 9; Herodian 2, 13, 3; Jdth 10:3; 1 Macc 6:35; 2 Macc 3:33) ἠμφιεσμένον ἐν μαλακοῖς dressed in soft clothes Mt 11:8. περιβάλλεσθαι ἐν ἱματίοις Rv 3:5; 4:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων come in sheep’s clothing Mt 7:15. περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς walk about in long robes Mk 12:38 (Tat. 2, 1 ἐν πορφυρίδι περιπατῶν); cp. Ac 10:30; Mt 11:21; Lk 10:13. ἐν λευκοῖς in white (Artem. 2, 3; 4, 2 ἐν λευκοῖς προϊέναι; Epict. 3, 22, 1) J 20:12; Hv 4, 2, 1. Prob. corresp. ἐν σαρκί clothed in flesh (cp. Diod S 1, 12, 9 deities appear ἐν ζῴων μορφαῖς) 1 Ti 3:16; 1J 4:2; 2J 7. ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ in all his glory Mt 6:29 (cp. 1 Macc 10:86). ἐν τ. δόξῃ τοῦ πατρός clothed in his Father’s glory 16:27; cp. 25:31; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:31.
    of other states and conditions (so freq. w. γίνομαι, εἰμί; Attic wr.; PPetr II, 11 [1], 8 [III B.C.] γράφε, ἵνα εἰδῶμεν ἐν οἷς εἶ; 39 [g], 16; UPZ 110, 176 [164 B.C.] et al.; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 2 πάλιν ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ γενέσθαι; 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι; Tat. 20, 1f οὐκ ἔστι γὰρ ἄπειρος ὁ οὐρανός, … πεπερασμένος δὲ καὶ ἐν τέρματι; Mel., HE 4, 26, 6 ἐν … λεηλασίᾳ ‘plundering’): ὑπάρχων ἐν βασάνοις Lk 16:23. ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ 1J 3:14. ἐν ζωῇ Ro 5:10. ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς Phlm 13 (Just., A II, 2, 11 ἐν δ. γενέσθαι). ἐν πειρασμοῖς 1 Pt 1:6; ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκός Ro 8:3. ἐν πολλῷ ἀγῶνι 1 Th 2:2. ἐν φθορᾷ in a state of corruptibility 1 Cor 15:42. ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔχειν 2 Cor 10:6 (cp. PEleph 10, 7 [223/222 B.C.] τ. λοιπῶν ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ὄντων; PGen 76, 8; 3 Macc 5:8); ἐν ἐκστάσει in a state of trance Ac 11:5 (opp. Just., D, 115, 3 ἐν καταστάσει ὤν). Of qualities: ἐν πίστει κ. ἀγάπῃ κ. ἁγιασμῷ 1 Ti 2:15; ἐν κακίᾳ καὶ φθόνῳ Tit 3:3; ἐν πανουργίᾳ 2 Cor 4:2; ἐν εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ σεμνότητι 1 Ti 2:2; ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 3:26; ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7; ἐν δόξῃ Phil 4:19.
    marker of extension toward a goal that is understood to be within an area or condition, into: ἐν is somet. used w. verbs of motion where εἰς would normally be expected (Diod S 23, 8, 1 Ἄννων ἐπέρασε ἐν Σικελίᾳ; Hero I 142, 7; 182, 4; Paus. 7, 4, 3 διαβάντες ἐν τῇ Σάμῳ; Epict. 1, 11, 32; 2, 20, 33; Aelian, VH 4, 18; Vett. Val. 210, 26; 212, 6 al., s. index; Pel.-Leg. 1, 4; 5; 2, 1; PParis 10, 2 [145 B.C.] ἀνακεχώρηκεν ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ; POxy 294, 4; BGU 22, 13; Tob 5:5 BA; 1 Macc 10:43; TestAbr B 2 p. 106, 23=Stone p. 60 [s. on the LXX Thackeray 25]; πέμψον αὐτοὺς ἐν πολέμῳ En 10:9; TestAbr A 6 p. 83, 22 [Stone p. 14] δάκρυα … ἐν τῷ νιπτῆρι πίπτοντα): εἰσέρχεσθαι Lk 9:46; Rv 11:11; ἀπάγειν GJs 6:1; ἀνάγειν 7:1; εἰσάγειν 10:1; καταβαίνειν J 5:3 (4) v.l.; ἀναβαίνειν GJs 22:13; ἀπέρχεσθαι (Diod S 23, 18, 5) Hs 1:6; ἥκειν GJs 5:1; ἀποστέλλειν 25:1. To be understood otherwise: ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λόγος ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ the word went out = spread in all Judaea Lk 7:17; likew. 1 Th 1:8. The metaphorical expr. ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει δικαίων turn the disobedient to the wisdom of the righteous Lk 1:17 is striking but consistent w. the basic sense of ἐν. S. also γίνομαι, δίδωμι, ἵστημι, καλέω, and τίθημι. ἐν μέσῳ among somet. answers to the question ‘whither’ (B-D-F §215, 3) Mt 10:16; Lk 10:3; 8:7.
    marker of close association within a limit, in
    fig., of pers., to indicate the state of being filled w. or gripped by someth.: in someone=in one’s innermost being ἐν αὐτῷ κατοικεῖ πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα in him dwells all the fullness Col 2:9. ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα (prob. to be understood as local, not instrumental, since ἐν αὐ. would otherwise be identical w. διʼ αὐ. in the same vs.) everything was created in association with him 1:16 (cp. M. Ant. 4, 23 ἐν σοὶ πάντα; Herm. Wr. 5, 10; AFeuillet, NTS 12, ’65, 1–9). ἐν τῷ θεῷ κέκρυπται ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν your life is hid in God 3:3; cp. 2:3. Of sin in humans Ro 7:17f; cp. κατεργάζεσθαι vs. 8. Of Christ who, as a spiritual being, fills people so as to be in charge of their lives 8:10; 2 Cor 13:5, abides J 6:56, lives Gal 2:20, and takes form 4:19 in them. Of the divine word: οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1J 1:10; μένειν ἔν τινι J 5:38; ἐνοικεῖν Col 3:16. Of God’s spirit: οἰκεῖν (ἐνοικεῖν) ἔν τινι Ro 8:9, 11; 1 Cor 3:16; 2 Ti 1:14. Of spiritual gifts 1 Ti 4:14; 2 Ti 1:6. Of miraculous powers ἐνεργεῖν ἔν τινι be at work in someone Mt 14:2; Mk 6:14; ποιεῖν ἔν τινι εὐάρεστον Hb 13:21. The same expr. of God or evil spirits, who somehow work in people: 1 Cor 12:6; Phil 2:13; Eph 2:2 al.
    of the whole, w. which the parts are closely joined: μένειν ἐν τῇ ἀμπέλῳ remain in the vine J 15:4. ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι μέλη πολλὰ ἔχομεν in one body we have many members Ro 12:4. κρέμασθαι ἔν τινι depend on someth. Mt 22:40.
    esp. in Paul. or Joh. usage, to designate a close personal relation in which the referent of the ἐν-term is viewed as the controlling influence: under the control of, under the influence of, in close association with (cp. ἐν τῷ Δαυιδ εἰμί 2 Km 19:44): of Christ εἶναι, μένειν ἐν τῷ πατρί (ἐν τῷ θεῷ) J 10:38; 14:10f (difft. CGordon, ‘In’ of Predication or Equivalence: JBL 100, ’81, 612f); and of Christians 1J 3:24; 4:13, 15f; be or abide in Christ J 14:20; 15:4f; μένειν ἐν τῷ υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ πατρί 1J 2:24. ἔργα ἐν θεῷ εἰργασμένα done in communion with God J 3:21 (but s. 1e above).—In Paul the relation of the individual to Christ is very oft. expressed by such phrases as ἐν Χριστῷ, ἐν κυρίῳ etc., also vice versa (FNeugebauer, NTS 4, ’57/58, 124–38; AWedderburn, JSNT 25, ’85, 83–97) ἐν ἐμοὶ Χριστός Gal 2:20, but here in the sense of a above.—See, e.g., Dssm., D. ntl. Formel ‘in Christo Jesu’ 1892; EWeber, D. Formel ‘in Chr. Jesu’ u. d. paul. Christusmystik: NKZ 31, 1920, 213ff; LBrun, Zur Formel ‘in Chr. Jesus’ im Phil: Symbolae Arctoae 1, 1922, 19–37; MHansen, Omkring Paulus-Formeln ‘i Kristus’: TK 4/10, 1929, 135–59; HBöhlig, ʼΕν κυρίῳ: GHeinrici Festschr. 1914, 170–75; OSchmitz, D. Christusgemeinschaft d. Pls2 ’56; AWikenhauser, D. Christusmystik d. Pls2 ’56; KMittring, Heilswirklichkeit b. Pls; Beitrag z. Verständnis der unio cum Christo in d. Plsbriefen 1929; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik d. Ap. Pls 1930 (Eng. tr., WMontgomery, The Myst. of Paul the Ap., ’31); WSchmauch, In Christus ’35; BEaston, Pastoral Ep. ’47, 210f; FBüchsel, ‘In Chr.’ b. Pls: ZNW 42, ’49, 141–58. Also HKorn, D. Nachwirkungen d. Christusmystik d. Pls in den Apost. Vätern, diss. Berlin 1928; EAndrews, Interpretation 6, ’52, 162–77; H-LParisius, ZNW 49, ’58, 285–88 (10 ‘forensic’ passages); JAllan, NTS 5, ’58/59, 54–62 (Eph), ibid. 10, ’63, 115–21 (pastorals); FNeugebauer, In Christus, etc. ’61; MDahl, The Resurrection of the Body ( 1 Cor 15) ’62, 110–13.—Paul has the most varied expressions for this new life-principle: life in Christ Ro 6:11, 23; love in Christ 8:39; grace, which is given in Christ 1 Cor 1:4; freedom in Chr. Gal 2:4; blessing in Chr. 3:14; unity in Chr. vs. 28. στήκειν ἐν κυρίῳ stand firm in the Lord Phil 4:1; εὑρεθῆναι ἐν Χ. be found in Christ 3:9; εἶναι ἐν Χ. 1 Cor 1:30; οἱ ἐν Χ. Ro 8:1.—1 Pt 5:14; κοιμᾶσθαι ἐν Χ., ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐν κυρίῳ 1 Cor 15:18.—Rv 14:13; ζῳοποιεῖσθαι 1 Cor 15:22.—The formula is esp. common w. verbs that denote a conviction, hope, etc. πεποιθέναι Gal 5:10; Phil 1:14; 2 Th 3:4. παρρησίαν ἔχειν Phlm 8. πέπεισμαι Ro 14:14. ἐλπίζειν Phil 2:19. καύχησιν ἔχειν Ro 15:17; 1 Cor 15:31. τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν Phil 4:2. ὑπακούειν Eph 6:1. λαλεῖν 2 Cor 2:17; 12:19. ἀλήθειαν λέγειν Ro 9:1. λέγειν καὶ μαρτύρεσθαι Eph 4:17. But also apart fr. such verbs, in numerous pass. it is used w. verbs and nouns of the most varied sort, often without special emphasis, to indicate the scope within which someth. takes place or has taken place, or to designate someth. as being in close assoc. w. Christ, and can be rendered, variously, in connection with, in intimate association with, keeping in mind ἁγιάζεσθαι 1 Cor 1:2, or ἅγιος ἐν Χ. Phil 1:1; ἀσπάζεσθαί τινα 1 Cor 16:19. δικαιοῦσθαι Gal 2:17. κοπιᾶν Ro 16:12. παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 4:1. προσδέχεσθαί τινα Ro 16:2; Phil 2:29. χαίρειν 3:1; 4:4, 10. γαμηθῆναι ἐν κυρίῳ marry in the Lord=marry a Christian 1 Cor 7:39. προϊστάμενοι ὑμῶν ἐν κυρίῳ your Christian leaders (in the church) 1 Th 5:12 (but s. προί̈στημι 1 and 2).—εὐάρεστος Col 3:20. νήπιος 1 Cor 3:1. φρόνιμος 4:10. παιδαγωγοί vs. 15. ὁδοί vs. 17. Hence used in periphrasis for ‘Christian’ οἱ ὄντες ἐν κυρίῳ Ro 16:11; ἄνθρωπος ἐν Χ. 2 Cor 12:2; αἱ ἐκκλησίαι αἱ ἐν Χ. Gal 1:22; 1 Th 2:14; νεκροὶ ἐν Χ. 4:16; ἐκλεκτός Ro 16:13. δόκιμος vs. 10. δέσμιος Eph 4:1. πιστὸς διάκονος 6:21; ἐν Χ. γεννᾶν τινα become someone’s parent in the Christian life 1 Cor 4:15. τὸ ἔργον μου ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν κυρίῳ 9:1.—The use of ἐν πνεύματι as a formulaic expression is sim.: ἐν πν. εἶναι be under the impulsion of the spirit, i.e. the new self, as opposed to ἐν σαρκί under the domination of the old self Ro 8:9; cp. ἐν νόμῳ 2:12. λαλεῖν speak under divine inspiration 1 Cor 12:3. ἐγενόμην ἐν πνεύματι I was in a state of inspiration Rv 1:10; 4:2; opp. ἐν ἑαυτῷ γενόμενος came to himself Ac 12:11 (cp. X., An. 1, 5, 17 et al.).—The expr. ἐν πν. εἶναι is also used to express the idea that someone is under the special infl. of a good or even an undesirable spirit: Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; Lk 2:27; 1 Cor 12:3; Rv 17:3; 21:10. ἄνθρωπος ἐν πν. ἀκαθάρτῳ (ὤν) Mk 1:23 (s. GBjörck, ConNeot 7, ’42, 1–3).—ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖσθαι be in the power of the evil one 1J 5:19. οἱ ἐν νόμῳ those who are subject to the law Ro 3:19. ἐν τῷ Ἀδὰμ ἀποθνῄσκειν die because of a connection w. Adam 1 Cor 15:22.—On the formula ἐν ὀνόματι (Χριστοῦ) s. ὄνομα 1, esp. dγג. The OT is the source of the expr. ὀμνύναι ἔν τινι swear by someone or someth. (oft. LXX) Mt 5:34ff; 23:16, 18ff; Rv 10:6; παραγγέλλομέν σοι ἐν Ἰησοῦ Ac 19:14 v.l. The usage in ὁμολογεῖν ἔν τινι acknowledge someone Mt 10:32; Lk 12:8 (s. ὁμολογέω 4b) is Aramaic.
    marker introducing means or instrument, with, a construction that begins w. Homer (many examples of instrumental ἐν in Radermacher’s edition of Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. p. 100; Reader, Polemo p. 258) but whose wide currency in our lit. is partly caused by the infl. of the LXX, and its similarity to the Hebr. constr. w. בְּ (B-D-F §219; Mlt. 104; Mlt-H. 463f; s. esp. M-M p. 210).
    it can serve to introduce persons or things that accompany someone to secure an objective: ‘along with’
    α. pers., esp. of a military force, w. blending of associative (s. 4) and instrumental idea (1 Macc 1:17; 7:14, 28 al.): ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ὑπαντῆσαι meet, w. 10,000 men Lk 14:31 (cp. 1 Macc 4:6, 29 συνήντησεν αὐτοῖς Ἰούδας ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ἀνδρῶν). ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσιν αὐτοῦ Jd 14 (cp. Jdth 16:3 ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσι δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ).
    β. impers. (oft. LXX; PTebt 41, 5 [c. 119 B.C.]; 16, 14 [114 B.C.]; 45, 17 al., where people rush into the village or the house ἐν μαχαίρῃ, ἐν ὅπλοις). (Just., D. 86, 6 τῆς ἀξίνης, ἐν ἧ πεπορευμένοι ἦσαν … κόψαι ξύλα) ἐν ῥάβδῳ ἔρχεσθαι come with a stick (as a means of discipline) 1 Cor 4:21 (cp. Lucian, Dial. Mort. 23, 3 Ἑρμῆν καθικόμενον ἐν τῇ ῥάβδῳ; Gen 32:11; 1 Km 17:43; 1 Ch 11:23; Dssm., B 115f [BS 120]). ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας with the full blessing Ro 15:29. ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ Mt 16:28. ἐν αἵματι Hb 9:25 (cp. Mi 6:6). ἐν τῷ ὕδατι καὶ ἐν τῷ αἵματι 1J 5:6. ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει τοῦ Ἠλίου equipped w. the spirit and power of Elijah Lk 1:17. φθάνειν ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ come with the preaching of the gospel 2 Cor 10:14. μὴ ἐν ζύμῃ παλαιᾷ not burdened w. old leaven 1 Cor 5:8.
    it can serve to express means or instrumentality in terms of location for a specific action (cp. TestAbr A 12 p. 91, 5f [Stone p. 30] κρατῶν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ζυγόν; Tat. 9, 2 οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεσσοῖς ἀθύροντες ‘those who play w. gaming pieces’ [as, e.g., in backgammon]): κατακαίειν ἐν πυρί Rv 17:16 (cp. Bar 1:2; 1 Esdr 1:52; 1 Macc 5:5 al.; as early as Il. 24, 38; cp. POxy 2747, 74; Aelian, HA 14, 15. Further, the ἐν Rv 17:16 is not textually certain). ἐν ἅλατι ἁλίζειν, ἀρτύειν Mt 5:13; Mk 9:50; Lk 14:34 (s. M-M p. 210; WHutton, ET 58, ’46/47, 166–68). ἐν τῷ αἵματι λευκαίνειν Rv 7:14. ἐν αἵματι καθαρίζειν Hb 9:22. ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ ἀποκτείνειν kill with the sword Rv 6:8 (1 Esdr 1:50; 1 Macc 2:9; cp. 3:3; Jdth 16:4; ἀπολεῖ ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ En 99:16; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010] ἐν ῥ. πεσῇ … πεσοῦνται ἐν μαχαίρῃ; cp. Lucian, Hist. Conscrib. 12 ἐν ἀκοντίῳ φονεύειν). ἐν μαχαίρῃ πατάσσειν Lk 22:49 (διχοτομήσατε … ἐν μ. GrBar 16:3); ἐν μ. ἀπόλλυσθαι perish by the sword Mt 26:52. ποιμαίνειν ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ Rv 2:27; 12:5; 19:15 (s. ποιμαίνω 2aγ and cp. PGM 36, 109). καταπατεῖν τι ἐν τοῖς ποσίν tread someth. w. the feet Mt 7:6 (cp. Sir 38:29). δύο λαοὺς βλέπω ἐν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς μου I see two peoples with my eyes GJs 17:2 (ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὀρᾶν=see with the eyes: cp. Il. 1, 587; Od. 8, 459; Callinus [VII B.C.], Fgm. 1, 20 Diehl2). ποιεῖν κράτος ἐν βραχίονι do a mighty deed w. one’s arm Lk 1:51 (cp. Sir 38:30); cp. 11:20. δικαιοῦσθαι ἐν τῷ αἵματι be justified by the blood Ro 5:9. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2; ἐν τ. παρακλήσει 2 Cor 7:7. εὐλογεῖν ἐν εὐλογίᾳ Eph 1:3. λαλοῦντες ἑαυτοῖς ἐν ψάλμοις 5:19. ἀσπάσασθαι … ἐν εὐχῇ greet w. prayer GJs 24:1. Of intellectual process γινώσκειν ἔν τινι know or recognize by someth. (cp. Thuc. 7, 11, 1 ἐν ἐπιστολαῖς ἴστε; Sir 4:24; 11:28; 26:29) J 13:35; 1J 3:19; cp. ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου in the breaking of bread Lk 24:35 (s. 10c).—The ἐν which takes the place of the gen. of price is also instrumental ἠγόρασας ἐν τῷ αἵματί σου Rv 5:9 (cp. 1 Ch 21:24 ἀγοράζω ἐν ἀργυρίῳ).—ἐν ᾧ whereby Ro 14:21.—The idiom ἀλλάσσειν, μεταλλάσσειν τι ἔν τινι exchange someth. for someth. else Ro 1:23, 25 (cp. Ps 105:20) is not un-Greek (Soph., Ant. 945 Danaë had to οὐράνιον φῶς ἀλλάξαι ἐν χαλκοδέτοις αὐλαῖς=change the heavenly light for brass-bound chambers).
    marker of agency: with the help of (Diod S 19, 46, 4 ἐν τοῖς μετέχουσι τοῦ συνεδρίου=with the help of the members of the council; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 7, 9 p. 259, 31 ἐν ἐκείνῳ ἑαλωκότες) ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια Mt 9:34. ἐν ἑτερογλώσσοις λαλεῖν 1 Cor 14:21. κρίνειν τ. οἰκουμένην ἐν ἀνδρί Ac 17:31 (cp. SIG2 850, 8 [173/172 B.C.] κριθέντω ἐν ἄνδροις τρίοις; Synes., Ep. 91 p. 231b ἐν ἀνδρί); perh. 1 Cor 6:2 (s. 1e); ἀπολύτρωσις ἐν Χρ. redemption through Christ Ro 3:24 (cp. ἐν αὐτῷ σωθήσεσθε Just., A I, 60, 3).
    marker of circumstance or condition under which someth. takes place: ἐν ᾧ κρίνεις Ro 2:1 (but s. B-D-F §219, 2); ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 14:22; ἐν ᾧ καυχῶνται 2 Cor 11:12; ἐν ᾧ τις τολμᾷ 11:21; ἐν ᾧ καταλαλοῦσιν whereas they slander 1 Pt 2:12, cp. 3:16 (on these Petrine pass. s. also ὅς 1k); ἐν ᾧ ξενίζονται in view of your changed attitude they consider it odd 4:4. ἐν ᾧ in 3:19 may similarly refer to a changed circumstance, i.e. from death to life (WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits, ’65, esp. 135–42: ‘in this sphere, under this influence’ [of the spirit]). Other possibilities: as far as this is concerned: πνεῦμα• ἐν ᾧ spirit; as which (FZimmermann, APF 11, ’35, 174 ‘meanwhile’ [indessen]; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism, ’46, 108–15: ‘on that occasion’=when he died).—Before a substantive inf. (oft. LXX; s. KHuber, Unters. über den Sprachchar. des griech. Lev., diss. Zürich 1916, 83): in that w. pres. inf. (POxy 743, 35 [2 B.C.] ἐν τῷ δέ με περισπᾶσθαι οὐκ ἠδυνάσθην συντυχεῖν Ἀπολλωνίῳ; Just., D. 10, 3 ἐν τῷ μήτε σάββατα τηρεῖν μήτε …) βασανιζομένους ἐν τῷ ἐλαύνειν as they were having rough going in the waves=having a difficult time making headway Mk 6:48. ἐθαύμαζον ἐν τῷ χρονίζειν … αὐτόν they marveled over his delay Lk 1:21. ἐν τῷ τὴν χεῖρα ἐκτείνειν σε in that you extend your hand Ac 4:30; cp. 3:26; Hb 8:13. W. aor. inf. ἐν τῷ ὑποτάξαι αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα Hb 2:8. Somet. the circumstantial and temporal (s. 7 and 10) uses are so intermingled that it is difficult to decide between them; so in some of the pass. cited above, and also Hv 1, 1, 8 et al. (B-D-F §404, 3; Rob. 1073).—WHutton, Considerations for the Translation of ἐν, Bible Translator 9, ’58, 163–70; response by NTurner, ibid. 10, ’59, 113–20.—On ἐν w. article and inf. s. ISoisalon-Soininen, Die Infinitive in der LXX, ’65, 80ff.
    marker denoting the object to which someth. happens or in which someth. shows itself, or by which someth. is recognized, to, by, in connection with: ζητεῖν τι ἔν τινι require someth. in the case of someone 1 Cor 4:2; cp. ἐν ἡμῖν μάθητε so that you might learn in connection w. us vs. 6. Cp. Phil 1:30. ἵνα οὕτως γένηται ἐν ἐμοί that this may be done in my case 1 Cor 9:15 (Just., D. 77, 3 τοῦτο γενόμενον ἐν τῷ ἡμετέρῳ Χριστῷ). ἐδόξαζον ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸν θεόν perh. they glorified God in my case Gal 1:24, though because of me and for me are also possible. μήτι ἐν ἐμοὶ ἀνεκεφαλαιώθη ἡ ἱστορία GJs 13:1 (s. ἀνακεφαλαιόω 1). ποιεῖν τι ἔν τινι do someth. to (with) someone (Epict., Ench. 33, 12; Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 18 μὴ ἑτεροῖόν τι ποιήσῃς ἐν ἐμοί; Gen 40:14; Jdth 7:24; 1 Macc 7:23) Mt 17:12; Lk 23:31. ἐργάζεσθαί τι ἔν τινι Mk 14:6. ἔχειν τι ἔν τινι have someth. in someone J 3:15 (but ἐν αὐτῷ is oft. constr. w. πιστεύων, cp. v.l.); cp. 14:30 (s. BNoack, Satanas u. Soteria ’48, 92). ἵνα δικαιοσύνης ναὸν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ σώματι ἀναδείξῃ AcPlCor 2:17 (s. ἀναδείκνυμι 1).—For the ordinary dat. (Diod S 3, 51, 4 ἐν ἀψύχῳ ἀδύνατον=it is impossible for a lifeless thing; Ael. Aristid. 49, 15 K.=25 p. 492 D.: ἐν Νηρίτῳ θαυμαστὰ ἐνεδείξατο=[God] showed wonderful things to N.; 53 p. 629 D.: οὐ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς βελτίστοις εἰσὶ παῖδες, ἐν δὲ πονηροτάτοις οὐκέτι=it is not the case that the very good have children, and the very bad have none [datives of possession]; 54 p. 653 D.: ἐν τ. φαύλοις θετέον=to the bad; EpJer 66 ἐν ἔθνεσιν; Aesop, Fab. 19, 8 and 348a, 5 v.l. Ch.) ἀποκαλύψαι τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐμοί Gal 1:16. φανερόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς Ro 1:19 (Aesop 15c, 11 Ch. τ. φανερὸν ἐν πᾶσιν=evident to all). ἐν ἐμοὶ βάρβαρος (corresp. to τῷ λαλοῦντι βάρβ.) 1 Cor 14:11 (Amphis Com. [IV B.C.] 21 μάταιός ἐστιν ἐν ἐμοί). δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις Ac 4:12. θεῷ … ἐν ἀνθρώποις Lk 2:14.—Esp. w. verbs of striking against: προσκόπτω, πταίω, σκανδαλίζομαι; s. these entries.
    marker of cause or reason, because of, on account of (PParis 28, 13=UPZ 48, 12f [162/161 B.C.] διαλυόμενοι ἐν τῷ λιμῷ; Ps 30:11; 1 Macc 16:3 ἐν τῷ ἐλέει; 2 Macc 7:29; Sir 33:17)
    gener. ἁγιάζεσθαι ἔν τινι Hb 10:10; 1 Cor 7:14. ἐν τ. ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν Ro 1:24; perh. ἐν Ἰσαὰκ κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα 9:7; Hb 11:18 (both Gen 21:12). ἐν τῇ πολυλογίᾳ αὐτῶν because of their many words Mt 6:7. ἐν τούτῳ πιστεύομεν this is the reason why we believe J 16:30; cp. Ac 24:16; 1 Cor 4:4 (Just., D. 68, 7 οὐχὶ καὶ ἐν τούτῳ δυσωπήσω ὑμᾶς μὴ πείθεσθαι τοῖς διδασκάλοις ὑμῶν=‘surely you will be convinced by this [argument] to lose confidence in your teachers, won’t you?’); perh. 2 Cor 5:2. Sim., of the occasion: ἔφυγεν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ at this statement Ac 7:29; cp. 8:6. W. attraction ἐν ᾧ = ἐν τούτῳ ὅτι for the reason that = because Ro 8:3; Hb 2:18; 6:17.
    w. verbs that express feeling or emotion, to denote that toward which the feeling is directed; so: εὐδοκεῖν (εὐδοκία), εὐφραίνεσθαι, καυχᾶσθαι, χαίρειν et al.
    marker of a period of time, in, while, when
    indicating an occurrence or action within which, at a certain point, someth. occurs Mt 2:1. ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 3:1. ἐν τῷ ἑξῆς afterward Lk 7:11. ἐν τῷ μεταξύ meanwhile (PTebt 72, 190; PFlor 36, 5) J 4:31. in the course of, within ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις (X., Ages. 1, 34; Diod S 13, 14, 2; 20, 83, 4; Arrian, Anab. 4, 6, 4 ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις; Aelian, VH 1, 6; IPriene 9, 29; GDI 1222, 4 [Arcadia] ἰν ἁμέραις τρισί; EpArist 24; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1:3 Jac.) Mt 27:40; J 2:19f.
    point of time when someth. occurs ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως Mt 11:22 (En 10:6; Just., D. 38, 2; Tat. 12, 4). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ J 6:44; 11:24; 12:48; cp. 7:37. ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ Mt 8:13; 10:19; cp. 7:22; J 4:53. ἐν σαββάτῳ 12:2; J 7:23. ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ J 11:9 (opp. ἐν τῇ νυκτί vs. 10). ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ on the second visit Ac 7:13. ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ in the new age Mt 19:28. ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ 1 Cor 15:23; 1 Th 2:19; 3:13; Phil 2:12 (here, in contrast to the other pass., there is no reference to the second coming of Christ.—Just., D. 31, 1 ἐν τῇ ἐνδόξῳ γινομένῃ αὐτοῦ παρουσίᾳ; 35, 8; 54, 1 al.); 1J 2:28. ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει in the resurrection Mt 22:28; Mk 12:23; Lk 14:14; 20:33; J 11:24 (Just., D. 45, 2 ἐν τῇ τῶν νεκρῶν ἀναστάσει). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ σάλπιγγι at the last trumpet-call 1 Cor 15:52. ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει at the appearance of Jesus/Christ (in the last days) 2 Th 1:7; 1 Pt 1:7, 13; 4:13.
    to introduce an activity whose time is given when, while, during (Diod S 23, 12, 1 ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις=in the case of this kind of behavior) ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ when (you) pray Mt 21:22. ἐν τῇ στάσει during the revolt Mk 15:7. ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ in the course of his teaching Mk 4:2; 12:38. If Lk 24:35 belongs here, the sense would be on the occasion of, when (but s. 5b). ἐν αὐτῷ in it (the preaching of the gospel) Eph 6:20. γρηγοροῦντες ἐν αὐτῇ (τῇ προσευχῇ) while you are watchful in it Col 4:2. Esp. w. the pres. inf. used substantively: ἐν τῷ σπείρειν while (he) sowed Mt 13:4; Mk 4:4; cp. 6:48 (s. 7 above and βασανίζω); ἐν τῷ καθεύδειν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους while people were asleep Mt 13:25; ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτόν during the accusations against him 27:12. W. the aor. inf. the meaning is likewise when. Owing to the fundamental significance of the aor. the action is the focal point (s. Rob. 1073, opp. B-D-F §404) ἐν τῷ γενέσθαι τὴν φωνήν Lk 9:36. ἐν τῷ ἐπανελθεῖν αὐτόν 19:15. ἐν τῷ εἰσελθεῖν αὐτούς 9:34.—W. ἐν ᾦ while, as long as (Soph., Trach. 929; Cleanthes [IV/III B.C.] Stoic. I p. 135, 1 [Diog. L. 7, 171]; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 11 Jac.; Plut., Mor. 356c; Arrian, Anab. 6, 12, 1; Pamprepios of Panopolis [V A.D.] 1, 22 [ed. HGerstinger, SBWienAk 208/3, 1928]) Mk 2:19; Lk 5:34; 24:44 D; J 5:7.
    marker denoting kind and manner, esp. functioning as an auxiliary in periphrasis for adverbs (Kühner-G. I 466): ἐν δυνάμει w. power, powerfully Mk 9:1; Ro 1:4; Col 1:29; 2 Th 1:11; ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ justly Ac 17:31; Rv 19:11 (cp. Just., A II, 4, 3 and D. 16, 3; 19, 2 ἐν δίκῃ). ἐν χαρᾷ joyfully Ro 15:32. ἐν ἐκτενείᾳ earnestly Ac 26:7. ἐν σπουδῇ zealously Ro 12:8. ἐν χάριτι graciously Gal 1:6; 2 Th 2:16. ἐν (πάσῃ) παρρησίᾳ freely, openly J 7:4; 16:29; Phil 1:20. ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ Ac 5:23. ἐν τάχει (PHib 47, 35 [256 B.C.] ἀπόστειλον ἐν τάχει) Lk 18:8; Ro 16:20; Rv 1:1; 22:6. ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7 (belongs prob. not to σοφία, but to λαλοῦμεν: in the form of a secret; cp. Polyb. 23, 3, 4; 26, 7, 5; Just., D. 63, 2 Μωυσῆς … ἐν παραβολῇ λέγων; 68, 6 εἰρήμενον … ἐν μυστηρίῳ; Diod S 17, 8, 5 ἐν δωρεαῖς λαβόντες=as gifts; 2 Macc 4:30 ἐν δωρεᾷ=as a gift; Sir 26:3; Polyb. 28, 17, 9 λαμβάνειν τι ἐν φερνῇ). Of the norm: ἐν μέτρῳ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου μέρους acc. to the measure of each individual part Eph 4:16. On 1 Cor 1:21 s. AWedderburn, ZNW 64, ’73, 132–34.
    marker of specification or substance: w. adj. πλούσιος ἐν ἐλέει Eph 2:4; cp. Tit 2:3; Js 1:8.—of substance consisting in (BGU 72, 11 [191 A.D.] ἐξέκοψαν πλεῖστον τόπον ἐν ἀρούραις πέντε) τὸν νόμον τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐν δόγμασιν Eph 2:15. ἐν μηδενὶ λειπόμενοι Js 1:4 (contrast Just., A I, 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι). Hb 13:21a.— amounting to (BGU 970, 14=Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 242, 14f [177 A.D.] προσηνενκάμην αὐτῷ προοῖκα ἐν δραχμαῖς ἐννακοσίαις) πᾶσαν τὴν συγγένειαν ἐν ψυχαῖς ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε Ac 7:14.—Very rarely for the genitive (Philo Mech. 75, 29 τὸ ἐν τῷ κυλίνδρῳ κοίλασμα; EpArist 31 ἡ ἐν αὐτοῖς θεωρία = ἡ αὐτῶν θ.; cp. 29; Tat. 18, 1 πᾶν τὸ ἐν αὐτῇ εἶδος) ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι the free gift in beneficence or grace Ro 5:15.—DELG. LfgrE s.v. ἐν col. 569 (lit. esp. early Greek). M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐν

  • 23 ὁδός

    ὁδός, οῦ, ἡ (Hom.+) gener. an established ‘way’ or ‘course’ such as a road or channel of a river.
    a way for traveling or moving from one place to another, way, road, highway, used by pers. or impers. entities: Mt 2:12; 21:8ab; Mk 11:8; Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4 v.l.); 19:36 al.; ἑτέρα ὁδ. Js 2:25. ἡ ὁδ. ἡ Καμπανή=Lat. Via Campana the Campanian Way Hv 4, 1, 2 (s. MDibelius, Hdb. ad loc.; Hülsen, Pauly-W. III 1434); described as ἡ ὁδ. ἡ δημοσία the public highway ibid. (s. δημόσιος 1). τὴν βασιλικήν AcPl Ant 13 (τὴν β. ὁδόν Aa I 237, 4). ἡ ὁδ. ἡ καταβαίνουσα ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴμ εἰς Γάζαν Ac 8:26. παρέρχεσθαι διὰ τῆς ὁδ. pass by (a certain place) on the road Mt 8:28 (on διὰ τ. ὁδ. cp. Philo, Abr. 269; ParJer 3:21). πίπτειν εἰς τὴν ὁδ. fall on the road Hv 3, 7, 1a. ἔρχεσθαι εἰς τὴν ὁδ., μένειν ἐν τῇ ὁδ. v 3, 2, 9a. κυλίεσθαι ἐκ τῆς ὁδ. roll off the road 3, 2, 9b and 3, 7, 1b. Of a fig tree ἐπὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ by the roadside Mt 21:19. Of beggars καθῆσθαι παρὰ τὴν ὁδ. sit by the roadside 20:30; Mk 10:46; Lk 18:35 (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Εὔτρησις: κώμη … κεῖται παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν), but along the way also merits attention (cp. παρὰ τὰς ὁδούς Antig. Car. 29). Of seed that is sown πίπτειν παρὰ τὴν ὁδ. fall along the road (Dalman, PJ 22, 1926, 121ff) Mt 13:4; Mk 4:4; Lk 8:5; cp. Mt 13:19; Mk 4:15; Lk 8:12. ἐξέρχεσθαι εἰς τὰς ὁδ. go out into the streets Mt 22:10; Lk 14:23; for διεξόδους τῶν ὁδ. Mt 22:9 s. διέξοδος; καταβαίνειν ἐν τῇ ὁδ. go down the road Lk 10:31. πορεύεσθαι κατὰ τὴν ὁδ. go on along the highway Ac 8:36. AcPl Ant 13, 20 (sc. ὁδόν after AcPlTh 3=Aa I 237, 4). ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ᾗ ἤρχου (by attraction for ἣν ἤρ.; X., An. 2, 2, 10) 9:17. ἑτοιμάζειν τὴν ὁδ. τινος prepare someone’s way Mt 3:3; Mk 1:3; Lk 3:4 (all after Is 40:3); cp. Lk 1:76 and for the pass. Rv 16:12. Also κατασκευάζειν τὴν ὁδ. τινος Mt 11:10; Mk 1:2; Lk 7:27. εὐθύνειν τὴν ὁδ. τινος J 1:23. κατευθύνειν τὴν ὁδ. τινος 1 Th 3:11 (PsSol 8:6).—W. obj. gen. to indicate direction (Gen 3:24) Mt 10:5 (s. 3a below); Hb 9:8.—The acc. ὁδόν, following the Hebr.דֶּרֶךְ, and contrary to customary Gk. usage (but single cases of ὁδός take on the functions of adverbs or prepositions in the Gk. language as well: cp. Diog. L. 7, 156; Synes., Providence 1, 8 ὁδῷ βαδίζειν=‘go straight forward’; Appian, Hann. 47 §201 ὁδὸν ἐλάσσονα by a shorter [or the shortest] way; Plut., Mor. 371c.—The nearest parallel to the NT usage cited below would be the report of Diog. L. 9, 8 concerning Heraclitus: τὴν μεταβολὴν ὁδὸν ἄνω κάτω γίνεσθαι, if it might be translated: ‘Change [in the universe] is accomplished in an upward and downward direction’.) is used as a prep. toward (Dt 11:30; 3 Km 8:48; 18:43 ὁδὸν τῆς θαλάσσης. Cp. B-D-F §161, 1) ὁδ. θαλάσσης toward the sea Mt 4:15 (Is 8:23 LXX, Aq., Sym.).—LCasson, Travel in the Ancient World ’74; OEANE IV 431–34.
    the action of traveling, way, trip, journey, transf. sense of 1 (Hes., Theogon. 754; X., Mem. 3, 13, 5; Herodian 2, 11, 1; JosAs 9:4 al.; Just., D. 85, 5) εἰς (τὴν) ὁδ. for the trip/journey (Jos., Ant. 12, 198) Mt 10:10; Mk 6:8; Lk 9:3; on the way Mk 10:17. ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way (Gen 45:24; Jos., Ant. 6, 55; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 10, 2, end) Mt 15:32; 20:17; Mk 8:3, 27; 9:33f; 10:52; Lk 9:57; 12:58; 24:32; Ac 9:27. τὰ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ what had happened to them on the way Lk 24:35. εἶναι ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ Mt 5:25; Mk 10:32. ἐξ ὁδοῦ from a trip (Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 91 §418; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 203 p. 138, 8 W.; Jos., Vi. 246; 248 ἐκ τ. ὁδοῦ) Lk 11:6. ἔκαμνον ἐκ τῆς ὁδοῦ GJs 15:1. κατὰ τὴν ὁδ. along the way (Arrian, Anab. 1, 26, 5; 3, 19, 3; PKöln VI, 245, 20 καθʼ ὁδόν ‘on my way’; Jos., Ant. 8, 404; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 10, 2) 10:4; Ac 25:3; 26:13. ἀνὰ μέσον τῆς ὁδοῦ halfway GJs 17:3. τ. ὁδὸν αὐτοῦ πορεύεσθαι go on his way Ac 8:39 (cp. X., Cyr. 5, 2, 22; TestAbr B 2 p. 106, 2 [Stone p. 60]). πορεύεσθαι τῇ ὁδῷ 1 Cl 12:4. ὁδὸν ποιεῖν make one’s way (Judg 17:8) Mk 2:23; s. ὁδοποιέω.—σαββάτου ὁδός a Sabbath day’s trip could also belong under 1; it signified the distance an Israelite might travel on the Sabbath, two thousand paces or cubits (=about 800 meters.—Mishnah: ˓Erubin 4, 3; 7; 5, 7; Origen, Princ. 4, 17; Schürer II 472f; 484f; Billerb. II 590–94; Moore, Judaism II 32) Ac 1:12. ἡμέρας ὁδός a day’s trip Lk 2:44 (Diod S 19, 17, 3; Appian, Samn. 1 §5; Polyaenus 7, 21, 1; Lucian, Syr. Dea 9; Procop., Aed. 6, 1, 12; cp. Hdt. 4, 101; X., Cyr. 1, 1, 3 παμπόλλων ἡμερῶν ὁδός; Ael. Aristid. 36, 87 K.=48 p. 473 D.: τριῶν ἡμ. ὁδ.; Gen 30:36; 31:23; Ex 3:18; Jdth 2:21; 1 Macc 5:24; 7:45; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 5 Jac.; Jos., Ant. 15, 293).
    course of behavior, way, way of life, fig. ext. of 1 and 2, but oft. w. the picture prominently in mind (SibOr 3, 233; ὁδὸς τις γίνεται one finds a way (out) Did., Gen. 228, 7).
    way εἰς ὁδ. ἐθνῶν μὴ ἀπέλθητε do not go in the way of the Gentiles i.e. do not turn to the Gentiles Mt 10:5 (but s. 1.—JJeremias, Jesu Verheissung für d. Völker, ’56). εὐρύχωρος ἡ ὁδ. ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν 7:13 (Pla., Gorg. 524a τὼ ὁδώ, ἡ μὲν εἰς μακάρων νήσους, ἡ δʼ εἰς Τάρταρον). Also ἡ ὁδ. τῆς ἀπωλείας ApcPt 1:1; ἡ τοῦ μέλανος ὁδ. 20:1. ἡ τοῦ θανάτου ὁδ. (Herm. Wr. 1, 29) D 5:1. Cp. 1:1 (on this Jer 21:8; TestAsh 1:3, 5 ὁδοὶ δύο, καλοῦ κ. κακοῦ; SibOr 8, 399 ὁδοὶ δύο, ζωῆς θανάτου τε; Ael. Aristid. 30 p. 577 D.: δυοῖν ὁδοῖν τὴν μὲν … τὴν δέ.—The two ὁδοί of Heracles: X., Mem. 2, 1, 21ff; Maximus Tyr. 14, 1a; e; k). ὁδ. σκότους 5:4b. Description of the way B 20; D 5:1ff. τεθλιμμένη ἡ ὁδ. ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ζωήν Mt 7:14 (TestAbr A 2 p. 88, 28 [Stone p. 4]). Also ἡ ὁδ. τῆς ζωῆς D 1:2. ἡ ὁδ. τοῦ φωτός 19:1. Description of the way B 19; D 1–4. ὁδ. εἰρήνης Lk 1:79; Ro 3:17 (Is 59:8; Ps 13:3). ὁδ. ζωῆς Ac 2:28 (Ps 15:11); cp. D 1:2 above. ὁδ. σωτηρίας Ac 16:17. ὁδ. πρόσφατος κ. ζῶσα Hb 10:20. ὁδ. δικαιοσύνης B 1:4; 5:4a (in these two pass. the imagery of ‘way’ is stronger than in Mt 21:32 and 2 Pt 2:21, on the latter two pass. s. below in b). Of love ὁδ. ἡ ἀναφέρουσα εἰς θεόν IEph 9:1 (cp. Orig., C. Cels. 1, 56, 6 [Christ as teacher of the ‘way’]). αὕτη ἡ ὁδ. ἐν ᾗ εὕρομεν τὸ σωτήριον ἡμῶν 1 Cl 36:1.—Christ calls himself ἡ ὁδ. (i.e., to God) J 14:6, cp. 4f (s. Orig., C. Cels. 6, 66, 28; cp. Iren. 1, 15, 2 [Harv. I 149, 6].—Hdb. and Bultmann [p. 466ff—Engl. 603ff w. other lit.]; JPascher, Η ΒΑΣΙΛΙΚΗ ΟΔΟΣ; D. Königsweg. z. Wiedergeb. u. Vergottung b. Philon v. Alex. ’31).
    way of life, way of acting, conduct (Did., Gen. 168, 8) (ἡ) ὁδ. (τῆς) δικαιοσύνης (Pr 21:16, 21; Job 24:13); En 99:10; Mt 21:32 (ἐν ὁδῷ δικ. [cp. Pr 8:20] denotes either the way of life practiced by the Baptist [Zahn; OHoltzmann] or the type of conduct he demanded [described in Just., D. 38, 2 as ἡ τοῦ βαπτίσματο ὁδ.; cp. HHoltzmann; BWeiss; JWeiss; EKlostermann; Schniewind]. S. JKleist, CBQ 8, ’46, 192–96); 2 Pt 2:21. τῇ ὁδ. αὐτοῦ ἐπλανήθη he went astray in his path (=‘in his conduct’) 1 Cl 16:6 (Is 53:6). ἐκ πλάνης ὁδοῦ αὐτοῦ from his misguided way of life Js 5:20. ἡ ὁδ. τῆς ἀληθείας (Ps 118:30) vs. 19 v.l. (cp. 2 Pt 2:2 in c below); 1 Cl 35:5. ἀφιέναι τὴν ὁδ. τὴν ἀληθινήν Hv 3, 7, 1. τῇ ὁδ. τοῦ Κάϊν πορεύεσθαι follow the way of Cain Jd 11. ὁδ. δικαίων, ἀσεβῶν 11:7 (Ps 1:6). (ἡ) ὁδ. (ἡ) δικαία (Jos., Ant. 13, 290) 12:4; 2 Cl 5:7. τὸ δίκαιον ὀρθὴν ὁδ. ἔχει the way of righteousness is a straight one Hm 6, 1, 2. τῇ ὀρθῇ ὁδ. πορεύεσθαι ibid.; cp. 6, 1, 4 (Just., D. 8, 2). Opp. ἡ στρεβλὴ ὁδ. the crooked way 6, 1, 3. θέωμεν τὴν ὁδ. τὴν εὐθεῖαν let us run the straight course 2 Cl 7:3; cp. 2 Pt 2:15. Of life in association w. polytheists αὕτη ἡ ὁδ. ἡδυτέρα αὐτοῖς ἐφαίνετο Hs 8, 9, 1. The basic mng. has disappeared to such a degree that one can speak of καρποὶ τῆς ὁδ. 1 Cl 57:6 (Pr 1:31) and ἔργα τῆς πονηρᾶς ὁδ. 4:10.—Pl. ways, of one’s total conduct Ac 14:16; Ro 3:16 (Is 59:7; Ps 13:3a; PsSol 6:2; 10:4 al.; ApcSed 15:5); Js 1:8; Hv 2, 2, 6. Esp. of the ways of God, referring either to the ways that God initiates: ὡς … ἀνεξιχνίαστοι αἱ ὁδ. αὐτοῦ how inscrutable are his ways Ro 11:33; δίκαιαι καὶ ἀληθιναὶ αἱ ὁδ. σου Rv 15:3; αἱ ὁδ. τῆς εὐλογίας the ways of blessing 1 Cl 31:1; or to the ways that humans should take: οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τὰς ὁδ. μου Hb 3:10 (Ps 94:10). διαστρέφειν τὰς ὁδοὺς τοῦ κυρίου Ac 13:10. διδάσκειν τὰς ὁδ. σου 1 Cl 18:13 (Ps 50:15). Likew. the sing. τὴν ὁδ. τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ διδάσκειν Mt 22:16; cp. Mk 12:14; Lk 20:21. ἀφιέναι τὴν ὁδ. τοῦ θεοῦ ApcPt 20:34. παρέβησαν ἐκ τῆς ὁδ. 1 Cl 53:2 (Ex 32:8).
    of the whole way of life fr. a moral and spiritual viewpoint, the way, teaching in the most comprehensive sense (Lucian, Hermot. 46 ὁδ. of the doctrine of a philosophical school Just., D. 39, 2 ἀπολείποντας τήν ὁδ. τῆς πλάνης; 142, 3 διὰ ταύτης τῆς ὁδοῦ), and specif. of teaching and manner of life relating to Jesus Christ (SMcCasland, JBL 77, ’58, 222–30: Qumran parallels) κατὰ τὴν ὁδ. ἣν λέγουσιν αἵρεσιν according to the Way, which they call a (heterodox) sect Ac 24:14. ἐάν τινας εὕρῃ τῆς ὁδ. ὄντας if he should find people who belonged to the Way 9:2. ὁδ. κυρίου, θεοῦ of teaching relating to Jesus and God’s purpose 18:25f. κακολογεῖν τὴν ὁδ. ἐνώπιον τοῦ πλήθους 19:9. ταύτην τὴν ὁδ. διώκειν persecute this religion 22:4. ἐγένετο τάραχος περὶ τῆς ὁδ. there arose a disturbance concerning the Way 19:23. τὰ περὶ τῆς ὁδ. (the things) concerning the teaching 24:22. ἡ ὁδὸς τ. ἀληθείας of the true Christian teaching (in contrast to that of dissidents vs. 1) 2 Pt 2:2 (OdeSol 11:3). Of the way of love καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν ὁδ. a far better way 1 Cor 12:31. ἡ ὁδ. τῆς δικαιοσύνης ApcPt 7:22; 13:28. Likew. the pl. (En 104:13 μαθεῖν ἐξ αὐτῶν [τ. βίβλων] πάσας τ. ὁδοὺς τῆς ἀληθείας) τὰς ὁδούς μου ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησου my Christian directives (i.e. instructions, teachings) 1 Cor 4:17.—OBecker, D. Bild des Weges u. verwandte Vorstellungen im frühgriech. Denken ’37; FNötscher, Gotteswege u. Menschenwege in d. Bibel u. in Qumran, ’58; ERepo, D. Weg als Selbstbezeichnung des Urchr., ’64 (but s. CBurchard, Der 13te Zeuge, ’70, 43, n. 10; JPathrapankal, Christianity as a ‘Way’ according to the Acts of the Apostles: Les Actes des Apôtres, Traditions, redaction, théologie, ed. JKremer ’79, 533–39 [reflects Is 40:3 and the emphasis on דרך in CD and 1QS: the ‘dynamism of Christianity’ is ‘Way of Life’]).—B. 717; 720. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὁδός

  • 24 nom

    nom [nɔ̃]
    1. masculine noun
       a. ( = appellatif) name
    vos nom et prénom ? your surname and first name, please?
    se faire un nom to make a name for o.s.
    nom d'un chien ! heck! (inf)
    nom de Dieu ! (inf!) God damn it! (inf!)
    au nom de la loi, ouvrez ! open up in the name of the law!
    nom d'emprunt alias ; [d'écrivain] pen name
    * * *
    nɔ̃
    1.
    nom masculin
    1) ( désignation) name

    sans nompej unspeakable

    cela porte un nom: la fainéantise — there's a word for that: laziness

    nom de nom — (colloq)

    nom d'un chien (colloq) or d'une pipe — (colloq) hell (colloq)

    2) ( nom propre) name; ( opposé à prénom) surname, second name

    George Sand, de son vrai nom Aurore Dupin — George Sand, whose real name was Aurore Dupin

    nom à coucher dehors — (colloq) impossible name

    nom à rallonges — (colloq) impossibly long name

    3) ( réputation) name

    2.
    au nom de locution prépositive
    1) ( en vertu de) in the name of
    2) ( de la part de) on behalf of
    Phrasal Verbs:
    ••

    traiter quelqu'un de tous les noms (d'oiseaux) — (colloq) to call somebody all the names under the sun

    * * *
    nɔ̃ nm
    1) [personne] name
    2) [chose] name

    Il connaissait le nom de toutes les plantes. — He knew the names of all the plants.

    nom de Dieu! *God damn it! * bloody hell! Grande-Bretagne **

    4) LINGUISTIQUE noun
    * * *
    nom
    A nm
    1 ( désignation) name; quel est le nom de ces plantes? what's the name of these plants, what are these plants called?; digne de ce nom worthy of the name; une dictature qui n'ose pas dire son nom a dictatorship masquerading as something else; la maladie doit or emprunte son nom à the disease owes its name to; la lexicographie, comme son nom l'indique, est… as its name implies, lexicography is…; n'avoir de république que le nom to be a republic in name only; connu sous le nom de known as; donner un nom à to name; sans nom péj unspeakable; cela porte un nom: la fainéantise there's a word for that: laziness; nom de nom, nom d'un chien or d'une pipe hell; qu'est-ce que tu fais ici, nom de nom? what the hell are you doing here?;
    2 ( nom propre) name; ( opposé à prénom) surname, second name; quel est ton nom? what's your name?; demander/connaître le nom de qn to ask/know sb's name; connaître qn de nom to know sb by name; mettre un nom sur un visage to put a name to a face; porter le nom de son mari to use one's husband's surname; quelqu'un du nom de Grunard somebody by the name of Grunard; réserver au nom de Grunard to book GB ou make a reservation in the name of Grunard; sous mon/leur nom under my/their own name; George Sand, de son vrai nom Aurore Dupin George Sand, whose real name was Aurore Dupin; nom et prénom full name; (c'est) à quel nom? under what name?; répondre au nom de to answer to the name of; nom à coucher dehors impossible name; nom à rallonge or tiroirs impossibly long name; Louis le neuvième du nom Louis IX; petit nom first name; parler en son propre nom to speak for oneself; rassembler les électeurs sous or sur son nom to rally the voters behind one; en France, le produit se vend sous le nom de ‘Calex’ in France, the product is marketed under the ‘Calex’ tradename; ⇒ faux;
    3 ( réputation) name; se faire un nom to make a name for oneself (comme, en tant que as); il s'est fait un nom dans la publicité he made his name in advertising; vouloir laisser un nom to want to become famous;
    4 Ling ( partie du discours) noun; nom propre/commun proper/common noun; nom composé/féminin compound/feminine noun.
    B au nom de loc prép
    1 ( en vertu de) in the name of; au nom de la loi/notre amour in the name of the law/our love; au nom du Père, du Fils et du Saint-Esprit in the name of the Father, of the Son and of the Holy Ghost;
    2 ( de la part de) on behalf of; au nom de tous vos collègues on behalf of all your colleagues.
    nom de baptême Christian name; nom de code code name; nom commercial corporate name; nom déposé Comm, Jur registered trademark; nom de domaine Ordinat domain name; nom double double-barrelled name GB, hyphenated name; nom d'emprunt pseudonym; nom de famille surname; nom de guerre nom de guerre; nom de jeune fille maiden name; nom de lieu place-name; nom de plume pen name, nom de plume; nom de théâtre stage name; ⇒ petit.
    traiter qn de tous les noms (d'oiseaux) to call sb all the names under the sun; appeler les choses par leur nom to call a spade a spade.
    [nɔ̃] nom masculin
    1. [patronyme] name
    [prénom] (Christian) ou first name
    b. [patronyme] she has ou uses her mother's surname
    Larousse, c'est un nom que tout le monde connaît Larousse is a household name
    quelqu'un du nom de ou qui a pour nom Kregg vous demande someone called Kregg ou someone by the name of Kregg is asking for you
    en son/mon/ton nom in his/my/your name, on his/my/your behalf
    nom à particule ou à rallonges (familier) ouà tiroirs (familier) ouà courants d'air (familier) aristocratic surname ≃ double-barrelled name
    nom de baptême, petit nom (familier) Christian ou first name, given name (US)
    nom de guerre nom de guerre, alias
    traiter ou appeler quelqu'un de tous les noms d'oiseaux to call somebody all the names under the sun
    nom de plume nom de plume, pen name
    sous un faux nom under a false ou an assumed name
    2. [appellation - d'une rue, d'un animal, d'un objet, d'une fonction] name
    d'empereur, il ne lui manquait que le nom he was emperor in all but name
    cruauté/douleur sans nom unspeakable cruelty/pain
    nom scientifique/vulgaire d'une plante scientific/common name of a plant
    appeler ou nommer les choses par leur nom to call things by their names, to call a spade a spade
    3. GRAMMAIRE & LINGUISTIQUE noun
    nom de Dieu, les voilà! (très familier) bloody hell (très familier, especially UK, très familier & US) ou goddam, here they come!
    je t'avais pourtant dit de ne pas y toucher, nom de Dieu! (très familier) for Christ's sake, I did tell you not to touch it!
    mais nom de nom, qu'est-ce que tu as dans la tête! (familier) for goodness' sake, birdbrain!
    nom d'un chien ou d'une pipe ou de Zeus ou d'un petit bonhomme! (familier) good heavens!
    ————————
    au nom de locution prépositionnelle
    au nom de la loi, je vous arrête I arrest you in the name of the law

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > nom

  • 25 professed

    adjective
    1) (self-acknowledged) erklärt [Marxist, Bewunderer, Absicht]
    2) (alleged) angeblich
    * * *
    pro·fessed
    [prəˈfest, AM also proʊˈ-]
    adj attr, inv
    1. (openly declared) Marxist, communist erklärt
    he is my \professed enemy er ist mein erklärter Feind
    2. (alleged) angeblich
    3. (with vows)
    \professed nun Nonne f, die die Gelübde abgelegt hat
    * * *
    [prə'fest]
    adj
    erklärt; (pej = purported) angeblich

    a professed nun/monk (Eccl) — eine Nonne, die/ein Mönch, der die Gelübde abgelegt hat

    he is a professed coward — er gibt zu, ein Feigling zu sein

    * * *
    professed [-st] adj
    1. erklärt, ausgesprochen:
    professed Christian Bekenntnischrist(in)
    2. angeblich, vorgeblich
    3. Berufs…, von Beruf, berufsmäßig
    4. REL (in einen Orden) aufgenommen:
    professed monk Profess m
    * * *
    adjective
    1) (self-acknowledged) erklärt [Marxist, Bewunderer, Absicht]
    2) (alleged) angeblich
    * * *
    adj.
    erklärt adj.

    English-german dictionary > professed

  • 26 true

    1. adjective,
    1) (in accordance with fact) wahr; wahrheitsgetreu [Bericht, Beschreibung]

    is it true that...? — stimmt es, dass...?

    [only] too true — nur zu wahr

    that is too good to be true — das ist zu schön, um wahr zu sein

    [that's] true [enough] — [das] stimmt

    come true[Traum, Wunsch:] Wirklichkeit werden, wahr werden; [Befürchtung, Prophezeihung:] sich bewahrheiten

    2) richtig [Vorteil, Einschätzung]; (rightly so called) eigentlich
    3) (not sham) wahr; echt, wahr [Freund, Freundschaft, Christ]
    4) (accurately conforming) getreu [Wiedergabe]

    be true to somethingeiner Sache (Dat.) genau entsprechen

    5) (loyal) treu

    true to one's word or promise — getreu seinem Versprechen

    6) (in correct position) gerade [Pfosten]
    2. noun

    out of [the] true — schief [Mauer, Pfosten, Räder]

    3. adverb
    1) (truthfully) aufrichtig [lieben]

    tell me truesag mir die Wahrheit

    2) (accurately) gerade; genau [zielen]
    * * *
    [tru:]
    1) ((negative untrue) telling of something that really happened; not invented; agreeing with fact; not wrong: That is a true statement; Is it true that you did not steal the ring?) wahr
    2) ((negative untrue) accurate: They don't have a true idea of its importance.) zutreffend
    3) ((negative untrue) faithful; loyal: He has been a true friend.) treu
    4) (properly so called: A spider is not a true insect.) echt
    - academic.ru/76853/trueness">trueness
    - truly
    * * *
    [tru:]
    n COMPUT WAHR
    * * *
    [truː]
    1. adj
    1) (= not false) story, news, rumour, statement wahr

    to come true (dream, wishes) — Wirklichkeit werden, wahr werden; (prophecy) sich verwirklichen; (fears) sich bewahrheiten

    it is true that... — es stimmt, dass..., es ist wahr or richtig, dass...

    that's true — das stimmt, das ist wahr

    can it be true (that he didn't know)? — kann es stimmen or sein(, dass er das nicht wusste)?

    it is true to say that... — es ist richtig, dass...

    too true! — (das ist nur) zu wahr!, wie wahr!

    it is only too true that... — es ist nur allzu wahr, dass...

    we mustn't generalize, (it's) true, but... — wir sollten natürlich nicht verallgemeinern, aber...

    that's wrong! – true, but... — das ist falsch! – stimmt or richtig, aber...

    is it true about Harry? — stimmt es, was man über Harry sagt?

    the reverse is trueganz im Gegenteil

    the reverse is true for... — für... trifft das Gegenteil zu

    he's got so much money it's not true! (inf) — es ist unfassbar, wie viel Geld er hat!

    2) (= accurate) description, report, account wahrheitsgetreu; likeness (lebens)getreu; copy getreu; aim genau

    in the true sense (of the word)im wahren Sinne (des Wortes)

    3) (= real, genuine) feeling, friendship, friend, Christian, heir, opinion wahr, echt; reason wirklich; leather, antique echt

    in a true spirit of friendship/love — im wahren Geist der Freundschaft/Liebe

    what is the true situation? —

    4) (= faithful) friend, follower treu

    to be true to sb — jdm treu sein/bleiben

    to be true to one's word/promise — (treu) zu seinem Wort/Versprechen stehen, seinem Wort treu bleiben

    to be true to oneself —

    true to life — lebensnah; (Art) lebensecht

    true to type — erwartungsgemäß; (Bot) artgetreu

    5) wall, surface gerade; join genau; circle rund
    6) (PHYS) tatsächlich
    7)

    (= applicable) to be true for sb/sth — für jdn/etw wahr sein

    to be true of sb/sth — auf jdn/etw zutreffen

    the same is or holds true for... — dasselbe gilt auch für..., dasselbe trifft auch auf... (acc) zu

    8) (MUS) note richtig; voice rein
    2. n

    out of true (upright, beam, wheels) — schief; join verschoben

    3. adv
    aim genau; sing richtig

    to breed true —

    he speaks true (old) they speak truer than they know (old) — er spricht die Wahrheit sie kommen der Wahrheit näher, als ihnen bewusst ist

    See:
    ring
    * * *
    true [truː]
    A adj (adv truly)
    1. wahr, wahrheitsgetreu (Geschichte etc):
    be ( oder hold) true (for, of) zutreffen (auf akk), gelten (für); come A 12, ring2 B 4
    2. echt, wahr (Christ etc):
    true current ELEK Wirkstrom m;
    true love wahre Liebe;
    true stress TECH wahre spezifische Belastung;
    true value Ist-Wert m;
    (it is) true zwar, allerdings, freilich, zugegeben;
    is it true that …? stimmt es, dass …?;
    too true! wie wahr!; horizon 1
    3. (ge)treu (to dat):
    (as) true as gold ( oder steel) treu wie Gold;
    true to one’s contracts vertragstreu;
    true to one’s principles( word) seinen Grundsätzen (seinem Wort) getreu;
    stay true one’s principles seinen Grundsätzen treu bleiben
    4. getreu (to dat) (von Sachen):
    true to life lebenswahr, -echt, aus dem Leben gegriffen;
    true to nature naturgetreu;
    true to pattern modellgetreu;
    true to size TECH maßgerecht, -haltig;
    true to type artgemäß, typisch; copy A 1
    5. genau, richtig (Gewicht etc)
    6. wahr, rechtmäßig, legitim (Erbe etc)
    7. zuverlässig (Zeichen etc)
    8. TECH genau, richtig (ein)gestellt oder eingepasst
    9. GEOG, SCHIFF, PHYS rechtweisend:
    true declination Ortsmissweisung f;
    true north geografisch oder rechtweisend Nord n
    10. MUS richtig gestimmt, rein
    11. BIOL reinrassig
    B adv
    1. wahrheitsgemäß:
    speak true die Wahrheit sagen
    2. (ge)treu (to dat)
    3. genau:
    C s
    1. the true das Wahre
    2. (das) Richtige oder Genaue:
    a) schief,
    b) TECH unrund
    D v/t oft true up TECH
    a) ein Lager ausrichten,
    b) ein Werkzeug nachschleifen, eine Schleifscheibe abdrehen,
    c) ein Rad zentrieren
    * * *
    1. adjective,
    1) (in accordance with fact) wahr; wahrheitsgetreu [Bericht, Beschreibung]

    is it true that...? — stimmt es, dass...?

    [only] too true — nur zu wahr

    that is too good to be true — das ist zu schön, um wahr zu sein

    [that's] true [enough] — [das] stimmt

    come true[Traum, Wunsch:] Wirklichkeit werden, wahr werden; [Befürchtung, Prophezeihung:] sich bewahrheiten

    2) richtig [Vorteil, Einschätzung]; (rightly so called) eigentlich
    3) (not sham) wahr; echt, wahr [Freund, Freundschaft, Christ]
    4) (accurately conforming) getreu [Wiedergabe]

    be true to somethingeiner Sache (Dat.) genau entsprechen

    5) (loyal) treu

    true to one's word or promise — getreu seinem Versprechen

    6) (in correct position) gerade [Pfosten]
    2. noun

    out of [the] true — schief [Mauer, Pfosten, Räder]

    3. adverb
    1) (truthfully) aufrichtig [lieben]
    2) (accurately) gerade; genau [zielen]
    * * *
    adj.
    echt adj.
    richtig adj.
    treu adj.
    wahr adj.
    zutreffend adj.

    English-german dictionary > true

  • 27 worship

    1. transitive verb,
    (Brit.) - pp-
    1) verehren, anbeten [Gott, Götter]
    2) (idolize) abgöttisch verehren
    2. intransitive verb,
    (Brit.) - pp- am Gottesdienst teilnehmen
    3. noun
    1) Anbetung, die; (service) Gottesdienst, der
    2)

    Your/His Worship — Anrede für Richter, Bürgermeister; ≈ Euer/seine Ehren

    * * *
    ['wə:ʃip] 1. past tense, past participle - worshipped; verb
    1) (to pay great honour to: to worship God.) anbeten
    2) (to love or admire very greatly: She worships her older brother.) anbeten
    2. noun
    (the act of worshipping: A church is a place of worship; the worship of God / of money.) die Anbetung
    - academic.ru/83121/worshipper">worshipper
    * * *
    wor·ship
    [ˈwɜ:ʃɪp, AM ˈwɜ:r-]
    I. n no pl
    1. (homage) Verehrung f
    act of \worship Anbetung f
    ancestor \worship Ahnenverehrung f
    2. (religious service) Gottesdienst m
    place of \worship (Christian) Andachtsstätte f; (non-Christian) Kultstätte f
    public \worship [öffentlicher] Gottesdienst
    to attend \worship ( form) den Gottesdienst besuchen, in die Kirche gehen
    3. (adoration) Verehrung f
    fitness and health \worship Fitness- und Gesundheitskult m pej
    money \worship Geldgier f pej
    Your W\worship (to judge) Euer Ehren form; (to mayor) sehr geehrter Herr Bürgermeister/sehr geehrte Frau Bürgermeisterin form
    II. vt
    < BRIT - pp- or AM usu -p->
    1. (revere)
    to \worship a deity einer Gottheit huldigen geh, eine Gottheit anbeten
    2. (adore)
    to \worship sb/sth jdn/etw anbeten [o vergöttern] [o verehren]
    to hero-\worship sb jdn wie einen Helden verehren
    3. (be obsessed with)
    to \worship sth von etw dat besessen sein
    to \worship money geldgierig sein
    to \worship sex sexbesessen sein
    4.
    to \worship the ground sb walks on jdn abgöttisch verehren, total verrückt nach jdm sein fam
    III. vi
    < BRIT - pp- or AM usu -p->
    beten; (pray as Christian) am Gottesdienst teilnehmen
    to \worship on a weekly basis jede Woche zur Kirche gehen
    to \worship in [or at] a church/mosque/synagogue/temple in einer Kirche/einer Moschee/einer Synagoge/einem Tempel zu Gott beten
    to \worship at the altar of sth etw hochloben
    to \worship at the shrine of sth in etw dat die Erfüllung suchen
    * * *
    ['wɜːʃɪp]
    1. n
    1) (of God, person etc) Verehrung f

    in titles) Your Worship (to judge) — Euer Ehren/Gnaden; (to mayor) (verehrter or sehr geehrter) Herr Bürgermeister

    His Worship the Mayor of... —

    2. vt
    anbeten

    he worshipped the ground she walked oner betete den Boden unter ihren Füßen an

    3. vi (REL)
    den Gottesdienst abhalten; (RC) die Messe feiern

    the church where we used to worship — die Kirche, die wir besuchten

    * * *
    worship [ˈwɜːʃıp; US ˈwɜr-]
    A s
    1. REL
    a) Anbetung f, Verehrung f, Kult(us) m (alle auch fig)
    b)( public worship öffentlicher) Gottesdienst, Ritus m:
    hours of worship Gottesdienstzeiten;
    hourse ( oder place) of worship Kirche f, Gotteshaus n, Kultstätte f;
    the worship of wealth die Anbetung des Reichtums
    2. Gegenstand m der Verehrung oder Anbetung, (der, die, das) Angebetete
    3. obs Ansehen n, guter Ruf
    4. Worship bes Br Anrede für einen Bürgermeister, Richter etc:
    good morning, Your Worship;
    B v/t prät und pperf -shiped, besonders Br -shipped
    1. anbeten, verehren, huldigen (dat)
    2. fig jemanden (glühend) verehren, anbeten, vergöttern
    C v/i beten, seine Andacht verrichten
    * * *
    1. transitive verb,
    (Brit.) - pp-
    1) verehren, anbeten [Gott, Götter]
    2) (idolize) abgöttisch verehren
    2. intransitive verb,
    (Brit.) - pp- am Gottesdienst teilnehmen
    3. noun
    1) Anbetung, die; (service) Gottesdienst, der
    2)

    Your/His Worship — Anrede für Richter, Bürgermeister; ≈ Euer/seine Ehren

    * * *
    n.
    Verehrung f.

    English-german dictionary > worship

  • 28 young

    1. adjective,
    1) (lit. or fig.) jung

    the young boysdie [kleinen] Jungen

    young at heartim Herzen jung geblieben

    you're only young onceman ist nur einmal jung

    2) (characteristic of youth) jugendlich

    young love/fashion — junge Liebe/Mode

    2. plural noun
    (of animals) Junge; (of humans) Kinder

    the young(young people) die jungen Leute

    * * *
    1. adjective
    (in the first part of life, growth, development etc; not old: a young person; Young babies sleep a great deal; A young cow is called a calf.) jung
    2. noun plural
    (the group of animals or birds produced by parents: Most animals defend their young.) die Jungen (pl.)
    - academic.ru/83545/youngster">youngster
    - the young
    * * *
    [jʌŋ]
    I. adj
    1. (not old) jung
    I'm not as \young as I was, you know ich bin nämlich nicht mehr der/die Jüngste
    you're only \young once! man ist nur einmal jung!
    we married \young wir haben jung geheiratet
    a \young couple ein junges Paar
    \young children kleine Kinder
    the \younger generation die jüngere Generation
    to be rather/too \young to do sth recht/zu jung sein, um etw zu tun
    2. (young-seeming) jugendlich, jung; (immature) kindlich
    she's a very \young forty für vierzig sieht sie sehr jung aus
    she's \young for sixteen für sechzehn ist sie noch recht kindlich
    to be/look \young for one's age jung für sein Alter sein/aussehen
    to be \young at heart im Herzen jung [geblieben] sein
    to be a bit/too \young for sb clothes ein bisschen/zu jugendlich für jdn sein
    if I was ten years \younger,... wenn ich zehn Jahre jünger wäre,...
    this is John, our \youngest das ist John, unser Jüngster
    in sb's \young[er] days in jds jüngeren Jahren
    4. (early) [noch] nicht weit fortgeschritten
    the night is still \young, let's go to a night club? die Nacht ist noch jung, gehen wir doch in einen Nachtklub?
    5. (newly formed) jung
    a \young company ein junges Unternehmen
    a \young country ein junges Land
    6. (title)
    the Y\younger der/die Jüngere
    Pieter Bruegel/Pitt the Y\younger Pieter Bruegel/Pitt der Jüngere
    \young Mr Jones Herr Jones junior
    7.
    live fast, die \young lieber kurz aber dafür intensiv gelebt
    II. n
    the \young pl die jungen Leute
    2. ZOOL (offspring) Junge pl
    * * *
    [jʌŋ]
    1. adj (+er)
    jung; wine, grass also neu

    he is young at hearter ist innerlich jung geblieben

    you are only young onceman ist or du bist nur einmal jung

    at a young age —

    Young Americadie Jugend in Amerika, die amerikanische Jugend

    2. adv
    marry, have children jung

    live fast, die young — leb jetzt und stirb jung

    3. pl
    1)

    (= people) the young — die Jugend, die jungen Leute

    2) (= animals) Junge pl
    * * *
    young [jʌŋ]
    A adj
    1. jung (nicht alt):
    he’s 90 years young;
    you’re too young for that auch das ist nichts für kleine Kinder;
    young in years jung an Jahren;
    young and old Alt und Jung (alle);
    young blood junges Blut;
    young lady (woman)
    a) junge Dame (Frau),
    b) obs Schatz m, Freundin f;
    a) junger Mann,
    b) obs Schatz m, Freund m;
    Young Men’s Christian Association Christlicher Verein Junger Männer;
    young offender JUR Br jugendliche(r) Täter(in);
    young offenders’ institution JUR Br Jugendstrafanstalt f;
    young one Kind n;
    young person JUR Br Jugendliche(r) m/f(m), Heranwachsende(r) m/f(m) (14-17 Jahre alt); hopeful B, shaver 2, Turk 1
    2. jung, klein, Jung…:
    young America umg die amer. Jugend;
    young children kleine Kinder;
    young days pl Jugend(zeit) f
    3. jung, jugendlich:
    young amibition jugendlicher Ehrgeiz;
    young love junge Liebe
    4. jung, unerfahren, unreif:
    young in one’s job unerfahren in seiner Arbeit
    5. jünger, junior:
    young Mr Smith Herr Smith junior (der Sohn)
    6. jung, neu:
    a young family eine junge Familie;
    a young nation eine junge Nation
    7. jung, nicht weit fortgeschritten:
    the night (year) is yet young
    B s
    1. (als pl konstruiert) ZOOL Junge pl:
    with young trächtig
    2. the young koll die Jungen pl, die jungen Leute pl, die Jugend
    * * *
    1. adjective,
    1) (lit. or fig.) jung

    the young boys — die [kleinen] Jungen

    young love/fashion — junge Liebe/Mode

    2. plural noun
    (of animals) Junge; (of humans) Kinder

    the young (young people) die jungen Leute

    * * *
    adj.
    Nachwuchs- präfix.
    jung adj.

    English-german dictionary > young

  • 29 καρδία

    καρδία, ας, ἡ (since Hom. [καρδίη, κραδίη]. Rather rare in other wr. in the period of the Gk. Bible [s. Diod S 32, 20; Plut., Mor. p. 30a; 63a; Epict. 1, 27, 21; M. Ant. 2, 3, 3; 7, 13, 3; Ps.-Apollod. 1, 4, 1, 5; Lucian; pap, incl. PGM 5, 157; 13, 263; 833; 1066; s. below 1bη], but common LXX, pseudepigr.; Ar. 15, 3; Just., D. 39, 5; 46, 5 al.; Ath. 31, 3. On Philo and Joseph. s. ASchlatter, D. Theol. d. Judentums nach d. Bericht d. Jos. ’32, 21).
    heart as seat of physical, spiritual and mental life (as freq. in Gk. lit.), fig. extension of ‘heart’ as an organ of the body (Il. 13, 282 al.), a mng. not found in our lit.
    as the center and source of physical life (Ps 101:5; 103:15) ἐμπιπλῶν τροφῆς … τὰς κ. satisfying the hearts w. food Ac 14:17. τρέφειν τὰς κ. fatten the hearts Js 5:5.
    as center and source of the whole inner life, w. its thinking, feeling, and volition (νοῦν κ. φρένας κ. διάνοιαν κ. λογισμὸν εἶπέ τις ποιητὴς [Hes., Fgm. 247 Rz.] ἐν καρδίᾳ περιέχεσθαι=some poet said that the heart embraces perception, wit, intellect, and reflection), of humans whether in their pre-Christian or Christian experience
    α. in an all-inclusive sense: said of God’s or Christ’s awareness about the inner life of humans γινώσκειν τὰς καρδίας (cp. 1 Km 16:7; 1 Ch 28:9; s. also Did., Gen. 170, 24) Lk 16:15; δοκιμάζειν 1 Th 2:4; ἐρευνᾶν Ro 8:27; Rv 2:23 (νεφροὺς κ. καρδίας as Ps 7:10; Jer 17:10; 20:12); κριτικὸς ἐνθυμήσεων καὶ ἐννοιῶν καρδίας Hb 4:12; τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς κ. 1 Cor 14:25 (cp. TestReub 1:4). Generally, of human attitudes ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς κ. ἄνθρωπος 1 Pt 3:4. ἐκ καρδίας from (the bottom of) the heart=sincerely (Aristoph., Nub. 86) Ro 6:17. Also ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν (M. Ant. 2, 3, 3 ἀπὸ καρδίας εὐχάριστος τ. θεοῖς; Lucian, Jupp. Tr. 19; Is 59:13; La 3:33) Mt 18:35. ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας 1 Ti 1:5; 2 Ti 2:22; 1 Pt 1:22. ἐξ ὅλης τ. καρδίας (TestLevi 13:1) Ac 8:37 v.l. Χριστὸν ἁγιάσατε ἐν ταῖς κ. ὑμῶν 1 Pt 3:15. Opp. κοιλία Mk 7:19. Opp. πρόσωπον and καρδία externals and inner attitude of heart (cp. 1 Km 16:7 ἄνθρωπος ὄψεται εἰς πρόσωπον, ὁ δὲ θεὸς ὄψεται εἰς καρδίαν) 2 Cor 5:12. The same contrast προσώπῳ οὐ καρδίᾳ outwardly, not inwardly 1 Th 2:17. As seat of inner life in contrast to mouth or lips, which either give expression to the inner life or deny it Mt 15:8; Mk 7:6 (both Is 29:13); Mt 15:18; Ro 10:8 (Dt 30:14); vs. 9f; 2 Cor 6:11. ψάλλοντες (+ ἐν v.l.) τῇ καρδίᾳ Eph 5:19. ᾂδειν ἐν ταῖς κ. Col 3:16.
    β. of inner awareness (see the ‘poet’ under 1b above; Aesop, Fab. 254P.=232H/134b H-H./184 Ch.; 3 Km 10:2; Job 12:3; 17:4): 2 Cor 4:6; Eph 1:18; 2 Pt 1:19. τῇ κ. συνιέναι understand Mt 13:15b; Ac 28:27b (both Is 6:10). νοεῖν τῇ κ. think J 12:40b. ἐν τῇ κ. λέγειν (Dt 8:17; 9:4; Ps 13:1. Also Aesop Fab. 62 H.=283b 5 H-H./179c Ch. βοῶν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ alternating w. ταῦτα καθʼ ἑαυτὸν λέγοντος) say to oneself, i.e. think, reflect, without saying anything aloud Mt 24:48; Lk 12:45; Ro 10:6; Rv 18:7; διαλογίζεσθαι Mk 2:6, 8; Lk 3:15; 5:22; Hv 1, 1, 2; 3, 4, 3. The κ. as the source of διαλογισμοί Mt 15:19; Mk 7:21; Lk 2:35; 9:47. διαλογισμοὶ ἀναβαίνουσιν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Lk 24:38. ἀναβαίνει τι ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν τινός someth. enters someone’s mind=someone thinks of someth. (s. ἀναβαίνω 2) Ac 7:23; 1 Cor 2:9; Hv 3, 7, 2; m 12, 3, 5; Hs 5, 7, 2. Also of memory Hv 3, 7, 6; m 4, 2, 2; 6, 2, 8. θέσθαι ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Lk 1:66. διατηρεῖν ἐν τ. καρδίᾳ Lk 2:51 (cp. TestLevi 6:2). συμβάλλειν vs. 19. ἐνθυμεῖσθαι Mt 9:4. διακρίνειν Hv 1, 2, 2. πάντα τὰ ῥήματά μου ἐν καρδίᾳ λαμβάνων taking all my words to heart AcPl Ha 1, 6.—Likew. of a lack of understanding: ἡ ἀσύνετος κ. the senseless mind Ro 1:21; βραδὺς τῇ κ. slow of comprehension Lk 24:25 (cp. Tetr. Iamb. 2, 31a, 6 the mocking words of the fox ὦ ἀνόητε κ. βραδὺ τῇ καρδίᾳ). ἐπαχύνθη ἡ κ. τοῦ λαοῦ Mt 13:15a; Ac 28:27a (both Is 6:10). πωροῦν τὴν κ. J 12:40a; κ. πεπωρωμένη Mk 6:52; 8:17; ἡ πώρωσις τῆς κ. 3:5; Eph 4:18. ἀπατᾶν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ Js 1:26; cp. Ro 16:18. κάλυμμα ἐπὶ τὴν κ. κεῖται 2 Cor 3:15 (cp. ἐστί τι ‘κάλλυμα’ ἀγνοίας ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Orig., C. Cels. 4, 50, 5).—As the seat of thought, κ. is also the seat of doubt διακρίνεσθαι ἐν τῇ κ. Mk 11:23. διστάζειν Hm 9:5.—The gospel is sown in the heart Mt 13:19 v.l.; Mk 4:15 v.l.; Lk 8:12, 15. God opens the heart Ac 16:14 or the eyes of the heart Eph 1:18; 1 Cl 59:3 to Christian knowledge.
    γ. of the will and its decisions (Diod S 32, 20) ἕκαστος καθὼς προῄρηται τῇ κ. each of you must give as you have made up your mind 2 Cor 9:7 (NRSV) (cp. TestJos 17:3 ἐπὶ προαιρέσει καρδίας). θέτε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν (s. 1 Km 21:13) make up your minds Lk 21:14; cp. Ac 5:4. πρόθεσις τ. καρδίας 11:23. βάλλειν εἰς τὴν κ. ἵνα put it into someone’s heart to J 13:2. Also διδόναι εἰς τ. κ. (2 Esdr 17:5) w. inf. foll. Rv 17:17, or πληροῦν τὴν κ. w. inf. foll. Ac 5:3. Cp. 1 Cor 4:5; 7:37; 2 Cor 8:16; in citation Hb 3:8, 15; 4:7 (each Ps 94:8) al. πλανᾶσθαι τῇ κ. 3:10. God’s law written in human hearts Ro 2:15; 2 Cor 3:2f. In citation Hb 8:10; 10:16 (both Jer 38:33). Stability in the face of dissident teaching Hb 13:9.
    δ. of moral decisions, the moral life, of vices and virtues: ἁγνίζειν τὰς κ. Js 4:8; καθαρίζειν τὰς κ. Ac 15:9; Hv 3, 9, 8; w. ἀπό τινος Hm 12, 6, 5; καθαρὸς τῇ κ. pure in heart (Ps 23:4) Mt 5:8; καθαρὰ κ. (Sextus 46b) Hv 4, 2, 5; 5:7; m 2:7 cj.; Hs 7:6. ῥεραντισμένοι τὰς κ. ἀπὸ συνειδήσεως πονηρᾶς with hearts sprinkled clean from a consciousness of guilt Hb 10:22. κ. ἄμεμπτος 1 Th 3:13. ἀμετανόητος Ro 2:5. κ. πονηρὰ ἀπιστίας Hb 3:12; λίθιναι κ. B 6:14 (Ezk 36:26). γεγυμνασμένη πλεονεξίας trained in greediness 2 Pt 2:14 (cp. κ. … ἐπὶ τὸ κακὸν ἔγκειται Did., Gen. 104, 14). Cp. Lk 21:34; Ac 8:21f. περιτομὴ καρδίας (cp. Jer 9:25; Ezk 44:7, 9) Ro 2:29.—B 9:1; 10:12. Cp. Ac 7:51.
    ε. of the emotions, wishes, desires (Theognis 1, 366; Bacchylides 17, 18): ἐπιθυμίαι τῶν κ. desires of the heart Ro 1:24. ἐπὶ τὴν κ. σου ἀνέβη ἡ ἐπιθυμία τ. πονηρίας Hv 1, 1, 8; cp. Hs 5, 1, 5. ἐνθύμησις m 4, 1, 2; 6, 2, 7. μὴ ἀναβαινέτω σου ἐπὶ τὴν κ. περὶ γυναικός m 4, 1, 1; cp. Hv 1, 2, 4; Mt 5:28.—6:21; 12:34f; Lk 6:45; 12:34; 24:32 (s. καίω 1b); Js 3:14; 5:8. Of joy: ηὐφράνθη ἡ κ. Ac 2:26 (Ps 15:9). χαρήσεται ἡ κ. J 16:22. Of sorrow: ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν τὴν κ. 16:6; λύπη ἐγκάθηται εἰς τὴν κ. grief sits in the heart Hm 10, 3, 3. ἡ κ. ταράσσεται (Job 37:1; Ps 142:4) J 14:1, 27; ὀδύνη τῇ κ. Ro 9:2. συνοχὴ καρδίας anguish of heart 2 Cor 2:4; διαπρίεσθαι ταῖς κ. Ac 7:54; κατανυγῆναι τὴν κ. 2:37; συνθρύπτειν τὴν κ. 21:13. κ. συντετριμμένη a broken heart B 2:10; 1 Cl 18:17b (Ps 50:19). συντετριμμένοι τὴν κ. Lk 4:18 v.l. παρακαλεῖν τὰς κ. Eph 6:22; Col 2:2; 4:8; 2 Th 2:17. Of hope (Ps 111:7) Hm 12, 5, 2. Of repentance ἐξ ὅλης κ. Hv 3, 13, 4; m 5, 1, 7; 12, 6, 1. Of sensitivity about doing what is right (1 Km 24:6; 2 Km 24:10) 1J 3:19, 20, 21 (s. ASkrinjar, Verb. Dom. 20, ’40, 340–50). Of a wish εὐδοκία τῆς κ. (s. εὐδοκία 3) Ro 10:1. Of a longing for God τὴν κ. ἔχειν πρὸς κύριον Hm 10, 1, 6. ἐπιστρέφεσθαι πρὸς τὸν κύριον ἐξ ὅλης τῆς κ. 12, 6, 2 (cp. 3 Km 8:48). προσέρχεσθαι μετὰ ἀληθινῆς κ. with sincere desire (cp. Is 38:3; TestDan 5:3 ἀλ. κ.) Hb 10:22. Cp. the opposite Ac 7:39.—Also of the wish or desire of God ἀνὴρ κατὰ τὴν κ. (τοῦ θεοῦ) after God’s heart i.e. as God wishes him to be Ac 13:22 (cp. 1 Km 13:14).
    ζ. esp. also of love (Aristoph., Nub. 86 ἐκ τῆς κ. φιλεῖν; M. Ant. 7, 13, 3 ἀπὸ κ. φιλεῖν τ. ἀνθρώπους) ἀγαπᾶν τινα ἐξ ὅλης τ. καρδίας Mk 12:30, 33; Lk 10:27 (cp. Dt 6:5 and APF 5, 1913, 393 no. 312, 9 ἐκ ψυχῆς κ. καρδίας). ἐν ὅλῃ τ. καρδίᾳ Mt 22:37; ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα Lk 1:17 (Mal 3:23); εἶναι ἐν τῇ κ. have a place in the heart 2 Cor 7:3; ἔχειν τινὰ ἐν τῇ κ. Phil 1:7; Hm 12, 4, 3; Hs 5, 4, 3; cp. m 12, 4, 5; κατευθύνειν τὰς κ. εἰς τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ θεοῦ 2 Th 3:5.—The opp. κατά τινος ἐν τῇ κ. ἔχειν have someth. against someone Hv 3, 6, 3.
    η. of disposition (TestJob 48:1 ἀνέλαβεν ἄλλην κ.) διάνοια καρδίας Lk 1:51; ἁπλότης (τ.) καρδίας (TestReub 4:1, Sim 4:5 al.) Eph 6:5; Col 3:22; ἀφελότης καρδίας Ac 2:46. κ. καὶ ψυχὴ μία Ac 4:32 (cp. Iren. 1, 10, 2 [Harv. I 92, 5]; combination of ψυχή and καρδία as PGM 7, 472; IDefixWünsch 3, 15; Dt 11:18; 1 Km 2:35; 4 Km 23:3 and oft. LXX—on such combinations s. Reader, Polemo p. 260 and cp. Demosth. 18, 220 ῥώμη καὶ τόλμη). πραῢς καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ κ. Mt 11:29 (cp. TestReub 6:10). ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ Χριστοῦ βραβευέτω ἐν ταῖς κ. ὑμῶν let the peace of Christ control you Col 3:15; cp. Phil 4:7.
    θ. The human καρδία as the dwelling-place of heavenly powers and beings (PGM 1, 21 ἔσται τι ἔνθεον ἐν τῇ σῇ κ.): of the Spirit Ro 5:5; 2 Cor 1:22; Gal 4:6; of the Lord Eph 3:17; of the angel of righteousness Hm 6, 2, 3; 5.
    interior, center, heart, fig. ext. of 1 (Ezk 27:4, 25; Jon 2:4; Ps 45:3; EpJer 19) τῆς γῆς Mt 12:40.—S., in addition to works on Bibl. anthropology and psychology (πνεῦμα end): HKornfeld, Herz u. Gehirn in altjüd. Auffassung: Jahrb. für jüd. Gesch. u. Lit. 12, 1909, 81–89; ASchlatter, Herz. u. Gehirn im 1. Jahrh.: THaering Festschr. 1918, 86–94; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 216–22 (Paul), tr., Theol. of the NT, KGrobel, ’51, I, 220–27; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 305–33. For OT viewpoints s. RNorth, BRev 11/3, ’95, 33 (lit.)—B. 251. EDNT. DELG. M-M. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > καρδία

  • 30 ἐλπίς

    ἐλπίς, ίδος, ἡ (s. ἐλπίζω; Hom.+ ‘expectation, hope’, also ‘foreboding’ Aeschyl. et al.)
    the looking forward to someth. with some reason for confidence respecting fulfillment, hope, expectation:
    gener. hope, expectation, prospect ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι (for the spelling s. 1bα below) in hope (Ps.-Pla., Alc. 1, 105a ἐπὶ τίνι ἐλπίδι ζῇς; Eur., Herc. Fur. 804; X., Mem. 2, 1, 18; Diod S 13, 21, 7; Jos., Ant. 4, 36) 1 Cor 9:10a in a quotation (source unknown; cp. Sir. 6:19). παρʼ ἐλπίδα contrary to (all human) expectation (Aeschyl., Ag. 899; Aeneas Tact. 1020; Lycophron vs. 535; Dionys. Hal. 6, 25; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 22 §85; Philo, Mos. 1, 250; Jos., Bell. 3, 183, Vi. 380; Just., D. 2, 5) Ro 4:18. W. objective gen. (Diod S 16, 55, 4 τῆς εὐεργεσίας ἐλπίς; Appian, Celt. 1 §9 ἐλπὶς ἀναβιώσεως; Jos., Vi. 325 ἐ. κέρδους; Just., D. 8, 3 ἐ. … ἀμείνονος μοίρας) ἐλπὶς τ. ἐργασίας hope of gain Ac 16:19; μετανοίας IEph 10:1; Hs 6, 2, 4; 8, 7, 2; 8, 10, 2. W. gen. of the inf. (Dositheus 19, 6 ἐ. τοῦ δύνασθαι; Ath. 33, 1 τοῦ συνέσεσθαι θεῷ) τοῦ σῴζεσθαι Ac 27:20; τοῦ μετέχειν 1 Cor 9:10b. ἐλπίδα ἔχειν (oft. LXX and non-bibl. wr.) w. gen. of the inf. τοῦ μετανοῆσαι Hs 8, 6, 5. τῇ ἐ. ἐσώθημεν we are saved (or possess salvation) only in hope/anticipation (not yet in reality) Ro 8:24 (Diod S 20, 40, 1 περιεβάλετο ταῖς ἐλπίσι μείζονα δυναστείαν=he entertained prospects of control over a larger realm). ἡ ἐ. ἡμῶν βεβαία ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν our expectations involving you are well founded (Paul is confident that the Cor. will hold out under oppression in the future as they have in the past) 2 Cor 1:7. Of the confidence that the Jews placed in their temple ματαία ἡ ἐ. αὐτῶν B 16:2 (on empty hope, s. Reader, Polemo 313).
    esp. pert. to matters spoken of in God’s promises, hope
    α. without specif. ref. to Christian hope ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι (for the spelling ἐφʼ ἑλπίδι s. B-D-F §14; Rob. 224 and cp. an ins fr. Asia Minor: PASA II, 1888, p. 89 ln. 15 ἐπʼ ἐλπίδος and ln. 26 ἐφʼ ἑλπίδος) in (the) hope (Diod S 13, 21, 7 ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι [σωτηρίας]) Ro 8:20 (B-D-F §235, 2); cp. Tit 1:2. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι ἐπίστευσεν full of hope he believed (in God) Ro 4:18. The ἐπʼ ἐ. of Ac 2:26 could also be understood in this way, but it is also prob. that in this quot. fr. Ps 15:9 the OT mng. in safety (Judg 18:7 B, 27 B; Hos 2:20; Pr 1:33) is correct, as 1 Cl 57:7 (Pr 1:33), unless, with Lat., Syr., and Copt. transl. and Clem. Al., Strom. 2, 22 πεποιθώς is to be added. Of Israel’s messianic hope Ac 23:6 (ἐ. καὶ ἀνάστασις for ἐ. τῆς ἀν. [obj. gen.] as 2 Macc 3:29 ἐ. καὶ σωτηρία); 26:6; 28:20. In imagery of one who combines γνώσις with interest in ζωή Dg 12:6.
    β. of Christian expectation: abs. Ro 5:4f; 12:12; 15:13; 1 Cor 13:13 (cp. Pol. 3:3; on the triad: faith, hope, love s. on ἀγάπη 1aα; s. also WWeis, ZNW 84, ’93, 196–217); Hb 3:6; 6:11; 10:23; 1 Pt 3:15; Agr. 7; 2 Cl 17:7; IEph 1:2; IMg 7:1; expectation of resurrection 1 Cl 27:1. ἐ. ἀγαθή (Pla., Phd. 67c; X., Mem. 2, 1, 18 et al.; FCumont, Lux Perpetua ’49 p. 401–5 with numerous reff., including some from the mystery religions [IG V/2 p. 63: 64/61 B.C.]; μετὰ ἀγαθῆς ἐ. Hippol., Ref. 4, 49, 3; cp. ἐ. ἔχειν … ἀρίστας Orig., C. Cels. 4, 27, 14) 2 Th 2:16 (POtzen, ZNW 49, ’58, 283–85); ἐ. κρείττων Hb 7:19; ἐ. ζῶσα 1 Pt 1:3; cp. εἰς ἐ. B. 11:8. τὸ κοινὸν τῆς ἐ. the common hope 1 Cl 51:1; cp. κοινὴ ἐ. IPh 5:2; καινότης ἐλπίδος new hope IMg 9:1. W. subj. gen. Phil 1:20; ἐ. τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν 1 Cl 58:2; cp. 57:2. W. obj. gen., which designates the obj. of the hope (Ps.-Callisth. 1, 18, 1 ἱλαρὸς ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ τέκνου ἐλπίδι=glad because of hope for the son; τῆς ἀναστάσεως Iren. 4, 18, 5 [Harv. II 208, 2]; Orig., C. Cels. 3, 3, 9; Did., Gen. 216, 16) ἐπʼ ἐ. τῆς ἐπαγγελίας because of hope in the promise Ac 26:6, cp. vs. 7; ἐ. ζωῆς αἰωνίου Tit 1:2; 3:7 (Ath. 33, 1); cp. B 1:4, 6; Hs 9, 26, 2; ἐ. τῆς δόξης τ. θεοῦ Ro 5:2; cp. Col 1:27; ἐ. σωτηρίας (cp. Aeneas Tact. ln. 14; Lucian, Abdic. 31; En 98:14; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 329; Jos., Bell. 3, 194) 1 Th 5:8; 2 Cl 1:7. ἐλπίδα δικαιοσύνης ἀπεκδεχόμεθα Gal 5:5 is also obj. gen., since it is a blending of the two expressions ‘we await righteousness’ and ‘we have expectation of righteousness’ (cp. Job 2:9a προσδεχόμενος τὴν ἐλπίδα τῆς σωτηρίας μου); ἐ. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 Th 1:3 prob. belongs here also: hope in our Lord.—The gen. can also give the basis for the expectation: ἐ. τοῦ εὐαγγελίου hope that is based on the gospel Col 1:23; ἐ. τῆς κλήσεως the hope that is given w. the calling Eph 1:18; 4:4; ἐ. τῆς πίστεως hope that faith affords B 4:8; ὁ θεὸς τῆς ἐ. Ro 15:13. Sim. ἐ. εἰς (Plut., Galba 1061 [19, 6]; Achilles Tat. 6, 17, 5): ἐ. εἰς θεόν (εἰς τὸν θεόν Did., Gen. 150, 26) hope in God or directed towards God 1 Pt 1:21 (cp. AcThom 28 [Aa II/2, 145, 4]); εἰς τ. Ἰησοῦν B 11:11; cp. ἐ. ἐν (αὐτῷ Diod S 17, 26, 2): ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ Mt 12:21 v.l. ἐπὶ λίθον ἡ ἐ.; is (our) hope based on a stone? (w. ref. to Is 28:16) B 6:3.—As obj. of ἔχω: ἔχειν ἐλπίδα Ro 15:4; 2 Cor 3:12 (cp. Just., D. 141, 3); ἐ. μὴ ἔχοντες (Diod S 21, 12, 1 μηδεμίαν ἔχειν ἐλπίδα σωτηρίας) Eph 2:12; 1 Th 4:13; Hv 3, 11, 3; Hs 9, 14, 3; οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἐλπίδα (Wsd 3:18) Hv 1, 1, 9; ἀπώλεσάς σου τὴν πᾶσαν ἐ. 33, 7. W. ἐπί τινι in someone 1J 3:3 (cp. Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 86 §354 ἐφʼ ἑνί; Lucian, Somn. 2; Ps 61:8; Is 26:3f; ἐπὶ τῇ μετανοίᾳ Orig., C. Cels. 3, 65, 17); likew. εἴς τινα (Thu. 3, 14, 1;—Appian, Liby. 51 §223 ἐλπίδα τῆς σωτηρίας ἔχειν ἔν τινι=place a hope of safety in someone) Ac 24:15; πρός τινα ibid. v.l. The obj. of the hope follows in the aor. inf. 2 Cor 10:15; in the acc. w. inf. Ac 24:15; w. ὅτι Ro 8:20f (v.l. διότι [q.v. 4]); Phil 1:20.
    that which is the basis for hoping, (foundation of) hope (ἐλπὶς … σύ, ὁ θεός PsSol 15:1; Thu. 3, 57, 4 ὑμεῖς, ὦ Λακεδαιμόνιοι, ἡ μόνη ἐλπίς; Plut., Mor. 169c; Oenom. in Eus., PE 5, 23, 5: for the Athenians in the Persian Wars, σωτηρίας ἐλπὶς μόνος ὁ θεός=God was their only hope for deliverence; IG III, 131, 1; Jer 17:7) of a Christian community 1 Th 2:19; of Christ, our hope 1 Ti 1:1 (sim. POxy 3239 [II A.D.] of Isis; New Docs 2, 77; EJudge, TynBull 35, ’84, 8); cp. Col 1:27; IEph 21:2; IPhld 11:2; IMg 11; ISm 10:2; ITr ins; 2:2; Pol 8:1.
    that for which one hopes, hope, something hoped for (Vi. Aesopi G 8 P. ἀπὸ θεῶν λήμψεσθαι ἐλπίδας) ἐ. βλεπομένη οὐκ ἔστιν ἐ. something hoped for, when it is seen, is no longer hoped for=one cannot hope for what one already has Ro 8:24. διὰ τ. ἐλπίδα τὴν ἀποκειμένην ὑμῖν ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς because of what you hope for, which is stored up for you in the heavens Col 1:5; προσδεχόμενοι τ. μακαρίαν ἐ. waiting for the blessed hope Tit 2:13 (cp. 2 Macc 7:14 τὰς ὐπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ προσδοκᾶν ἐλπίδας and Aristot. EN 1, 9, 10 οἱ δὲ λεγόμενοι διὰ τὴν ἐλπίδα μακαρίζονται of children who may be called fortunate in the present only because of latent promise). ἡ προκειμένη ἐ. Hb 6:18 (cp. Just., D. 35, 2 ἐν τῇ ἐ. κατηγγελμένῃ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ).—PVolz, D. Eschatol. der jüd. Gemeinde ’34, 91ff; JdeGuibert, Sur l’emploi d’ ἐλπίς et ses synonymes dans le NT: RSR 4, 1913, 565–96; APott, D. Hoffen im NT 1915; WGrossouw, L’espérance dans le NT: RB 61, ’54, 508–32; DDenton, SJT 34, ’81, 313–20 (link w. ὑπομονή).—B. 1164. Schmidt, Syn. III 583–90. DELG s.v. ἔλπομαι. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐλπίς

  • 31 агапа

    Religion: agapai, agape, love feast (A meal eaten in common by a Christian congregation in token of brotherly love)

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > агапа

  • 32 cross

    1. noun
    1) Kreuz, das; (monument) [Gedenk]kreuz, das; (sign) Kreuzzeichen, das

    the Cross — das Kreuz [Christi]

    2) (cross-shaped thing or mark) Kreuz[zeichen], das
    3) (mixture, compromise) Mittelding, das ( between zwischen + Dat.); Mischung, die ( between aus)
    4) (affliction, cause of trouble) Kreuz, das
    5) (intermixture of breeds) Kreuzung, die
    6) (Footb.) Querpass, der; (Boxing) Cross, der
    2. transitive verb
    1) [über]kreuzen

    cross one's arms/legs — die Arme verschränken/die Beine übereinander schlagen

    cross one's fingers or keep one's fingers crossed [for somebody] — (fig.) [jemandem] die od. den Daumen drücken/halten

    I got a crossed line(Teleph.) es war jemand in der Leitung

    2) (go across) kreuzen; überqueren [Straße, Gewässer, Gebirge]; durchqueren [Land, Wüste, Zimmer]

    we can crossabs. die Straße ist frei

    cross somebody's mind(fig.) jemandem einfallen

    cross somebody's path(fig.) jemandem über den Weg laufen (ugs.)

    3) (Brit.)
    4) (make sign of cross on)
    5) (cause to interbreed) kreuzen; (cross-fertilize) kreuzbefruchten
    3. intransitive verb
    (meet and pass) aneinander vorbeigehen

    cross [in the post] — [Briefe:] sich kreuzen

    4. adjective
    1) (transverse) Quer-
    2) (coll.): (peevish) verärgert; ärgerlich [Worte]

    be cross with somebodyböse auf jemanden od. mit jemandem sein

    Phrasal Verbs:
    - academic.ru/85872/cross_off">cross off
    * * *
    [kros] I adjective
    (angry: I get very cross when I lose something.) ärgerlich
    II 1. plural - crosses; noun
    1) (a symbol formed by two lines placed across each other, eg + or x.) das Kreuz
    2) (two wooden beams placed thus (+), on which Christ was nailed.) das Kreuz
    3) (the symbol of the Christian religion.) das Kreuz
    4) (a lasting cause of suffering etc: Your rheumatism is a cross you will have to bear.) das Leiden
    5) (the result of breeding two varieties of animal or plant: This dog is a cross between an alsatian and a labrador.) die Kreuzung
    6) (a monument in the shape of a cross.) das Kreuz
    7) (any of several types of medal given for bravery etc: the Victoria Cross.) das Kreuz
    2. verb
    1) (to go from one side to the other: Let's cross (the street); This road crosses the swamp.) kreuzen
    2) ((negative uncross) to place( two things) across each other: He sat down and crossed his legs.) kreuzen
    3) (to go or be placed across (each other): The roads cross in the centre of town.) sich kreuzen
    4) (to meet and pass: Our letters must have crossed in the post.) sich kreuzen
    5) (to put a line across: Cross your `t's'.) einen Querstrich ziehen
    6) (to make (a cheque or postal order) payable only through a bank by drawing two parallel lines across it.) einen Scheck etc. als Verrechnungsscheck kennzeichnen
    7) (to breed (something) from two different varieties: I've crossed two varieties of rose.) kreuzen
    8) (to go against the wishes of: If you cross me, you'll regret it!) Plan durchkreuzen
    - cross-
    - crossing
    - crossbow
    - cross-breed
    - cross-bred
    - crosscheck
    3. noun
    (the act of crosschecking.)
    - cross-country
    - cross-country skiing
    - cross-examine
    - cross-examination
    - cross-eyed
    - cross-fire
    - at cross-purposes
    - cross-refer
    - cross-reference
    - crossroads
    - cross-section
    - crossword puzzle
    - crossword
    - cross one's fingers
    - cross out
    * * *
    [krɒs, AM krɑ:s]
    I. n
    1. (shape) Kreuz nt
    to mark sth with a [red] \cross etw [rot] ankreuzen
    first, mark the place for the drillhole with a \cross markieren Sie bitte zunächst die Stelle für das Bohrloch mit einem Kreuz
    to place [or put] a \cross on/next to sth bei/neben etw dat ein Kreuz machen
    2. REL Kreuz nt
    Christ died on the \cross Christus starb am Kreuz
    to make the sign of the \cross das Kreuzzeichen machen; (oneself also) sich akk bekreuzigen
    3. no pl (burden) Kreuz nt kein pl, Leiden nt
    to bear/take up one's \cross sein Kreuz tragen/auf sich akk nehmen
    we all have our \cross to bear wir haben alle unser Kreuz zu tragen
    4. (medal) Kreuz nt
    5. (hybrid) Kreuzung f ( between zwischen/aus + dat); ( fig: something in between) Mittelding nt ( between zwischen + dat); (person) Mischung f ( between aus + dat)
    6. FBALL Flanke f, Querschuss m; BOXING Cross m fachspr
    the [Southern] \cross das Kreuz des Südens
    8. (bias)
    on the \cross schräg
    II. adj usu pred verärgert
    she is \cross at being given all the boring jobs sie ist verärgert, weil sie immer die langweiligen Arbeiten bekommt
    to be \cross about sth über etw akk verärgert sein
    to be \cross with sb auf jdn böse [o sauer] sein fam
    to be \cross that... verärgert sein, dass...
    to get \cross with sb sich akk über jdn ärgern
    III. vt
    1.
    to \cross sth (traverse) country, desert, valley etw durchqueren; equator, lake, mountain, river etw überqueren
    the new bridge \crosses the estuary die neue Brücke geht [o führt] über die Flussmündung
    the railway \crosses a hundred miles of desert die Bahnstrecke führt zweihundert Meilen durch die Wüste
    to \cross the border die Grenze passieren; ( fig) die Grenze überschritten
    to \cross a bridge/the road eine Brücke/die Straße überqueren; (on foot also) über eine Brücke/die Straße gehen
    \cross the line (go out of play) ins Aus gehen; (go into the goal) ins Tor gehen; ( fig) zu weit gehen
    to \cross the room das Zimmer durchqueren
    to \cross the threshold die Schwelle überschreiten
    to \cross the ball [to sb] den Ball [zu jdm] flanken
    to \cross sth etw [über]kreuzen
    to \cross one's arms die Arme verschränken
    to \cross one's legs die Beine übereinanderschlagen
    4. BRIT, AUS (make a sign)
    to \cross a cheque einen Scheck zur Verrechnung ausstellen
    \crossed cheque Verrechnungsscheck m
    5. REL
    to \cross oneself sich akk bekreuz[ig]en
    6. ( form: oppose)
    to \cross sb jdn verärgern
    to \cross an animal with another animal ein Tier mit einem anderen Tier kreuzen
    to \cross the floor [of the House] die Partei [o Fraktion] wechseln
    the lines are \crossed, we've got a \crossed line da ist jemand in der Leitung
    10.
    let's \cross that bridge when we come [or get] to it lassen wir die Sache [erst mal] auf uns zukommen
    to keep [or have] one's fingers \crossed [for sb] [jdm] die Daumen drücken [o fam halten]
    to \cross sb's hand [or palm] with silver jdm Geld in die Hand drücken fam
    \cross my heart and hope to die großes Ehrenwort fam, ich schwör's fam
    their lines [or wires] were \crossed sie haben sich missverstanden
    to \cross one's mind jdm einfallen
    it suddenly \crossed my mind that... mir fiel plötzlich ein, dass...
    it didn't \cross my mind that/to... es ist mir [gar] nicht in den Sinn gekommen dass/zu...
    to \cross sb's path jdm über den Weg laufen
    to \cross paths with sb jdn treffen
    when did you last \cross paths with each other? wann seid ihr euch zuletzt über den Weg gelaufen?
    to \cross swords with sb mit jmd eine Auseinandersetzung haben, mit jdm die Klinge kreuzen fig geh
    IV. vi
    1. (intersect) sich kreuzen
    2. (traverse a road) die Straße überqueren; (on foot) über die Straße gehen; (travel by ferry) übersetzen; (traverse a border)
    to \cross into a country die Grenze in ein Land passieren
    how did you manage to \cross into the USA? wie bist du über die amerikanische Grenze gekommen?
    our paths have \crossed several times wir sind uns schon mehrmals über den Weg gelaufen
    4. (pass) sich kreuzen
    our letters must have \crossed in the post unsere Briefe müssen sich auf dem Postweg gekreuzt haben
    * * *
    I [krɒs]
    1. n
    1) Kreuz nt

    to make the sign of the Cross —

    to bear/take up one's cross (fig) — sein Kreuz tragen/auf sich (acc) nehmen

    2)

    (= bias) on the cross —

    3) (= hybrid) Kreuzung f; (fig) Mittelding nt
    4) (FTBL) Flanke f
    5) (BOXING) Seitwärtshaken m
    2. attr
    (= transverse) street, line etc Quer-
    3. vt
    1) (= go across) road, river, mountains überqueren; (on foot) picket line etc überschreiten; country, desert, room durchqueren

    to cross the road — über die Straße gehen, die Straße überqueren

    it crossed my mind that... — es fiel mir ein, dass..., mir kam der Gedanke, dass...

    a smile crossed her lips —

    don't cross your bridges until you come to them (prov)lass die Probleme auf dich zukommen

    we'll cross that bridge when we come to itlassen wir das Problem mal auf uns zukommen, das sind ungelegte Eier (inf)

    2) (= put at right-angles, intersect) kreuzen

    the lines are crossed, we have a crossed line (Telec)die Leitungen überschneiden sich

    to cross sb's palm with silver —

    3) (= put a line across) letter, t einen Querstrich machen durch; (Brit) cheque ≈ zur Verrechnung ausstellen
    See:
    dot
    4)

    (= make the sign of the Cross) to cross oneself — sich bekreuzigen

    cross my/your heart (inf) — Ehrenwort, Hand aufs Herz

    5) (= mark with a cross) ankreuzen
    6) (= go against) plans durchkreuzen
    7) animal, fruit kreuzen
    4. vi
    1) (across road) hinübergehen, die Straße überqueren; (across Channel etc) hinüberfahren

    "cross now" — "gehen"

    2) (= intersect) sich kreuzen; (lines also) sich schneiden
    3) (letters etc) sich kreuzen
    II
    adj (+er)
    böse, sauer (inf)
    * * *
    cross [krɒs; US besonders krɔːs]
    A s
    1. Kreuz n:
    be nailed on ( oder to) the cross ans Kreuz geschlagen oder gekreuzigt werden
    2. the Cross das Kreuz (Christi):
    a) das Christentum
    b) das Kruzifix:
    cross and crescent Kreuz und Halbmond, Christentum und Islam
    3. Kruzifix n (als Bildwerk)
    4. Kreuzestod m (Christi)
    5. fig Kreuz n, Leiden n:
    bear ( oder carry) one’s cross sein Kreuz tragen;
    have a heavy cross to bear ( oder carry) ein schweres Kreuz zu tragen haben;
    everyone has a cross to bear in life wir haben alle unser Kreuz zu tragen;
    take up one’s cross sein Kreuz auf sich nehmen
    6. (Gedenk)Kreuz n (Denkmal etc)
    7. Kreuz(zeichen) n:
    make the sign of the cross sich bekreuzigen
    8. Kreuz(zeichen) n (als Unterschrift)
    9. Kreuz n, Merkzeichen n:
    mark with a cross, put a cross against ankreuzen, mit einem Kreuz bezeichnen
    10. Heraldik etc: Kreuz n:
    cross potent Krückenkreuz
    11. (Ordens-, Ehren) Kreuz n:
    Grand Cross Großkreuz
    12. Kreuz n, kreuzförmiger Gegenstand
    13. TECH Kreuzstück n, kreuzförmiges Röhrenstück
    14. TECH Fadenkreuz n
    15. ELEK Querschuss m
    16. a) Kreuzung f
    b) Kreuzungspunkt m
    17. Widerwärtigkeit f, Unannehmlichkeit f, Schwierigkeit f
    18. BIOL
    a) Kreuzung f
    b) Kreuzung(sprodukt) f(n) ( between zwischen dat)
    19. fig Mittel-, Zwischending n ( beide:
    between zwischen dat)
    20. Querstrich m
    21. SPORT Cross m:
    a) (Tennis) diagonal über den Platz geschlagener Ball
    b) (Boxen) Schlag, der über den abwehrenden Arm des Gegners auf dessen entgegengesetzte Körperhälfte führt
    22. Fußball: Flanke f
    23. sl Gaunerei f, Schwindel m:
    on the cross auf betrügerische Weise, unehrlich, hintenherum umg
    24. besonders SPORT sl Schiebung f
    25. Cross ASTRON a) southern 1, b) northern 1
    B v/t
    1. bekreuz(ig)en, das Kreuzzeichen machen auf (akk) oder über (dat):
    cross o.s. sich bekreuzigen;
    cross sb’s hand ( oder palm) (with silver) jemandem (besonders einer Wahrsagerin) Geld in die Hand drücken; heart Bes Redew
    2. kreuzen, übers Kreuz legen:
    cross one’s arms
    a) die Arme kreuzen oder verschränken,
    b) fig die Hände in den Schoß legen;
    cross one’s legs die Beine kreuzen oder übereinanderschlagen; finger A 1, sword
    3. eine Grenze, ein Meer, eine Fahrbahn etc überqueren, ein Land etc durchqueren, (hinüber)gehen oder (-)fahren über (akk):
    cross the floor (of the House) PARL Br zur Gegenpartei übergehen;
    cross sb’s path fig jemandem in die Quere kommen, jemandem über den Weg laufen;
    cross the street die Straße überqueren, über die Straße gehen;
    it crossed me ( oder my mind) es fiel mir ein, es kam mir in den Sinn; bridge1 A 1
    4. fig überschreiten
    5. sich erstrecken über (akk)
    6. hinüberschaffen, -transportieren
    7. kreuzen, schneiden:
    cross each other sich kreuzen oder schneiden oder treffen
    8. sich kreuzen mit:
    9. ankreuzen
    10. a) oft cross off, cross out aus-, durchstreichen:
    cross sb’s name off the list jemandes Namen von der Liste streichen
    b) cross off fig abschreiben umg (as als)
    11. einen Querstrich ziehen durch:
    cross a t im (Buchstaben) t den Querstrich ziehen
    12. SCHIFF die Rahen kaien
    13. a) einen Plan etc durchkreuzen, vereiteln
    b) jemandem entgegentreten, jemandem in die Quere kommen:
    be crossed auf Widerstand stoßen;
    be crossed in love Pech in der Liebe haben
    14. cross up US umg jemanden reinlegen
    15. cross up US umg etwas platzen lassen, vermasseln
    16. BIOL kreuzen
    17. ein Pferd besteigen
    C v/i
    1. quer liegen oder verlaufen
    2. sich kreuzen, sich schneiden:
    their paths crossed again fig ihre Wege kreuzten sich wieder
    a) hinübergehen, -fahren (zu), übersetzen (nach),
    b) hinüberreichen (bis),
    c) SPORT flanken
    4. sich kreuzen (Briefe)
    5. BIOL sich kreuzen (lassen)
    a) BIOL Gene austauschen,
    b) THEAT die Bühne überqueren
    D adj (adv crossly)
    1. sich kreuzend, sich (über)schneidend, kreuzweise angelegt oder liegend, quer liegend oder laufend, Quer…
    2. schräg, Schräg…
    3. wechsel-, gegenseitig (Zahlungen etc)
    4. be cross to entgegengesetzt sein (dat), im Widerspruch stehen zu
    5. Gegen…, Wider…
    6. widerwärtig, unangenehm, ungünstig
    7. umg (with) ärgerlich (mit), mürrisch (gegen), böse (auf akk, mit), brummig umg
    8. BIOL Kreuzungs…
    9. Statistik etc: Querschnitts…, vergleichend
    10. Br sl unehrlich
    E adv
    1. quer
    2. über Kreuz, kreuzweise
    3. falsch, verkehrt
    * * *
    1. noun
    1) Kreuz, das; (monument) [Gedenk]kreuz, das; (sign) Kreuzzeichen, das

    the Cross — das Kreuz [Christi]

    2) (cross-shaped thing or mark) Kreuz[zeichen], das
    3) (mixture, compromise) Mittelding, das ( between zwischen + Dat.); Mischung, die ( between aus)
    4) (affliction, cause of trouble) Kreuz, das
    5) (intermixture of breeds) Kreuzung, die
    6) (Footb.) Querpass, der; (Boxing) Cross, der
    2. transitive verb
    1) [über]kreuzen

    cross one's arms/legs — die Arme verschränken/die Beine übereinander schlagen

    cross one's fingers or keep one's fingers crossed [for somebody] — (fig.) [jemandem] die od. den Daumen drücken/halten

    I got a crossed line(Teleph.) es war jemand in der Leitung

    2) (go across) kreuzen; überqueren [Straße, Gewässer, Gebirge]; durchqueren [Land, Wüste, Zimmer]

    we can crossabs. die Straße ist frei

    cross somebody's mind(fig.) jemandem einfallen

    cross somebody's path(fig.) jemandem über den Weg laufen (ugs.)

    3) (Brit.)
    5) (cause to interbreed) kreuzen; (cross-fertilize) kreuzbefruchten
    3. intransitive verb
    (meet and pass) aneinander vorbeigehen

    cross [in the post] — [Briefe:] sich kreuzen

    4. adjective
    1) (transverse) Quer-
    2) (coll.): (peevish) verärgert; ärgerlich [Worte]

    be cross with somebodyböse auf jemanden od. mit jemandem sein

    Phrasal Verbs:
    * * *
    adj.
    durchkreuzen adj.
    quer adj.
    schief adj.
    zuwider adj.
    ärgerlich adj. n.
    (§ pl.: crosses)
    = Flanke -n f.
    Flankenball m.
    Kreuz -e n. v.
    durchqueren v.
    kreuzen v.
    verschränken (Arme) v.

    English-german dictionary > cross

  • 33 god

    noun
    1) Gott, der

    be or lie in the lap of the gods — im Schoß der Götter liegen

    2)

    Godno pl. (Theol.) Gott

    God knows(as God is witness) weiß Gott (ugs.)

    God [only] knows — (nobody knows) weiß der Himmel (ugs.)

    [oh/my/dear] God! — [ach od. o/mein/lieber] Gott!

    good God!großer od. allmächtiger od. guter Gott!

    for God's sake!um Himmels od. Gottes willen!

    God help you/him — etc. Gott steh dir/ihm usw. bei

    3) (fig.) Gott, der; Götze, der (geh., abwertend)

    the godsder Olymp (ugs. scherzh.)

    * * *
    [ɡod]
    1) ((with capital) the creator and ruler of the world (in the Christian, Jewish etc religions).)
    2) ((feminine goddess) a supernatural being who is worshipped: the gods of Greece and Rome.)
    - academic.ru/31590/godly">godly
    - godliness
    - godchild
    - goddaughter
    - godson
    - godfather
    - godmother
    - godparent
    - godsend
    * * *
    [gɒd, AM gɑ:d]
    I. n no pl, no art Gott kein art
    do you believe in \God? glaubst du an Gott?
    \God be with you! Gott sei mit dir!
    \God bless this house! Gott segne dieses Haus!
    an act of \God höhere Gewalt
    \God Almighty [or Lord \God] Gott, der Allmächtige
    \God the Father, \God the Son and \God the Holy Ghost Gott Vater, Sohn und Heiliger Geist
    \God's will Gottes Wille
    to be with \God ( euph form) beim Herrn [o Herrgott] sein euph
    to be \God's gift to sb/sth ( iron pej) ein Geschenk Gottes [o des Himmels] für jdn/etw sein
    he thinks he's \God's gift to women er hält sich für das Beste, was den Frauen passieren konnte
    to play \God ( pej) Gott spielen pej
    to swear before \God vor Gott schwören
    \God helps those who help themselves ( prov) hilf dir selbst, so hilft dir Gott prov
    II. interj (fam!)
    [oh] [my] \God!, \God Almighty! oh [mein] Gott!, großer Gott!, Allmächtiger!
    \God damn them! Gott verfluche sie! pej sl
    \God damn it! Gott verdammt! sl
    \God forbid! Gott bewahre!
    \God help us! Gott stehe uns bei!
    where's Bob? — \God knows! wo ist Bob? — weiß der Himmel! fam
    I did my best, \God knows! Gott weiß, dass ich mein Bestes gegeben habe!
    by \God bei Gott
    dear [or good] \God! du liebe Güte!
    please \God gebe Gott
    thank \God[!] Gott [o dem Himmel] sei Dank[!]
    \God willing so Gott will
    in \God's name in Gottes Namen
    for \God's sake um Himmels [o Gottes] willen
    \God's truth [or as \God is my witness] Gott ist mein Zeuge
    honest to \God ich schwöre [es] bei Gott
    to hope/swear/wish to \God [that]... bei Gott hoffen/schwören/wünschen, dass...
    I swear to \God it wasn't me ich schwöre bei Gott, ich war es nicht
    * * *
    [gɒd]
    n
    1)

    GodGott

    now he lies in God's ( green) acre (euph)nun deckt ihn der grüne Rasen (euph), nun liegt er auf dem Gottesacker (old)

    God willingso Gott will

    God forbid (inf)Gott behüte or bewahre

    please God, let him be all right —

    would to God that (form) — ich hoffe zu Gott, dass (geh)

    I wish to God I hadn't told him — ich wünschte (bei Gott), ich hätte es ihm nicht gesagt

    do you think he'll succeed? – God knows! — glaubst du, dass er Erfolg haben wird? – das wissen die Götter!

    (my) God!, good God!, God almighty! (all inf)O Gott! (inf), großer Gott! (inf)

    be quiet, for God's sake! — sei still, verdammt noch mal or Herrgott noch mal! (inf)

    for God's sake! (inf)um Gottes or Himmels willen (inf)

    what/why in God's name...? — um Himmels willen, was/warum...?

    God help you if... — der Himmel steh euch bei, wenn...

    2) (non-Christian) Gott m

    Mars, the god of war the commander was a god to his men — Mars, der Gott des Krieges der Kommandant wurde von seinen Leuten wie ein (Ab)gott verehrt

    3) (Brit THEAT inf)

    the gods — die Galerie, der Olymp (inf)

    * * *
    god [ɡɒd; US ɡɑd] s
    1. REL besonders Antike: Gott m, Gottheit f:
    the god of heaven Jupiter m;
    the god of love, the blind god der Liebesgott (Amor);
    the god of war der Kriegsgott (Mars);
    ye gods (and little fishes)! sl obs heiliger Strohsack! umg;
    a sight for the gods meist iron ein Anblick für (die) Götter
    2. REL God Gott m:
    Almighty God, God Almighty Gott der Allmächtige;
    the good God der liebe Gott;
    God’s truth die reine Wahrheit;
    oh God!, my God!, good God! (ach) du lieber Gott!, lieber Himmel!;
    swear sth before God bei Gott;
    by God! bei Gott!;
    God help him! Gott steh ihm bei!;
    so help me God! so wahr mir Gott helfe!;
    God helps those who help themselves (Sprichwort) hilf dir selbst, so hilft dir Gott;
    thank God! Gott sei Dank!;
    God knows weiß Gott;
    God knows if it’s true wer weiß, ob es wahr ist;
    as God is my witness Gott ist mein Zeuge; act A 1, bless Bes Redew, forbid A 2, B, grant A 1, mark1 A 2, rest1 C 3, sake1, willing 1, would 3
    3. Götze(nbild) m(n), Abgott m
    4. fig (Ab)Gott m
    5. pl THEAT umg Olymp m:
    (up) in the gods auf dem Olymp
    * * *
    noun
    1) Gott, der

    be or lie in the lap of the gods — im Schoß der Götter liegen

    2)

    Godno pl. (Theol.) Gott

    God knows (as God is witness) weiß Gott (ugs.)

    God [only] knows — (nobody knows) weiß der Himmel (ugs.)

    [oh/my/dear] God! — [ach od. o/mein/lieber] Gott!

    good God!großer od. allmächtiger od. guter Gott!

    for God's sake!um Himmels od. Gottes willen!

    God help you/him — etc. Gott steh dir/ihm usw. bei

    3) (fig.) Gott, der; Götze, der (geh., abwertend)

    the godsder Olymp (ugs. scherzh.)

    * * *
    n.
    Gott ¨-er m.

    English-german dictionary > god

  • 34 nennen

    to name; to cite; to call
    * * *
    nẹn|nen ['nɛnən] pret na\#nnte ['nantə] ptp gena\#nnt [gə'nant]
    1. vt
    1) (= bezeichnen) to call; (= einen bestimmten Namen geben) to name, to call

    jdn nach jdm nennento name sb after (Brit) or for (US) sb

    Friedrich II., genannt "der Große" — Frederick II, known as Frederick the Great

    See:
    eigen, Name, so
    2) (= angeben, aufzählen) to name; Beispiel, Grund, Details to give
    3) (= erwähnen) to mention

    das ( weiter oben) Genannte — the above

    das genannte Schloss — the above-mentioned castle, the castle referred to

    2. vr
    to call oneself; (= heißen) to be called, to call oneself

    er nennt sich nur sothat's just what he calls himself

    und so was nennt sich Liebe/modern (inf) — and they call that love/modern

    und so was ( wie er) nennt sich modern/Dichter (inf) — and he calls himself modern/a poet

    * * *
    1) (to nickname: He was dubbed Shorty because of his size.) dub
    2) (to give a name to: They named the child Thomas.) name
    * * *
    nen·nen
    < nannte, genannt>
    [ˈnɛnən]
    I. vt
    jdn/etw \nennen to name [or call] sb/sth
    genannt known as
    2. (anreden) to call
    Freunde dürfen mich Johnny \nennen friends may call me Johnny
    etw \nennen to call sth
    wie nennt man das? what do you call that? [or is that called?
    [jdm] jdn/etw \nennen to name sb/sth [to sb]
    ich nenne Ihnen einige Namen I'll give you a few names
    können Sie mir einen guten Anwalt \nennen? can you give me the name of a good lawyer?
    genannt referred to
    das genannte Restaurant... the restaurant mentioned...
    5.
    das nenne ich... I call that...
    das nenne ich aber mal ein leckeres Mittagessen! [now] that's what I call a delicious lunch!
    II. vr (heißen)
    sich akk \nennen to call oneself
    und so was nennt sich...! (fam) and they call that a...!
    du bist gemein! und so was nennt sich Freundin! you're mean! and you call yourself a friend!
    * * *
    1.
    unregelmäßiges transitives Verb
    1) call

    jemanden nach jemandem nennencall or name somebody after somebody

    jemanden beim Vornamen nennen — call somebody by his/her first or Christian name

    das nenne ich Mut/eine Überraschung — that's what I call courage/well, that 'is a surprise

    2) (mitteilen) give <name, date of birth, address, reason, price, etc.>
    3) (anführen) give, cite < example>; (erwähnen) mention < person, name>
    2.
    unregelmäßiges reflexives Verb <person, thing> be called

    er nennt sich Malerusw. (behauptet Maler usw. zu sein) he calls himself a painter etc.

    und so was nennt sich nun ein Freund(ugs.) and he/she has the nerve to call himself/herself a friend

    * * *
    nennen; nennt, nannte, hat genannt
    A. v/t name; (benennen) auch call, designate form; spottend: dub;
    jemanden nach jemandem nennen name ( oder call) sb after sb;
    mit seinem Namen nennen call sb by his ( oder her) name;
    Maria I., genannt „die Katholische“ Mary I, (otherwise) known as Mary the Catholic;
    das nenne ich eine Überraschung! well, that really is a surprise!;
    das nenne ich ein gelungenes Buch that’s what I call a well-written book;
    das nennst du einen guten Wein? is that what you call a good wine?
    2. (erwähnen) mention; (anführen) quote; (preisgeben) reveal, give away;
    kannst du mir den höchsten Berg der Welt nennen? can you name ( oder what’s) the highest mountain in the world?;
    können Sie mir ein gutes Hotel/eine gute Werkstatt nennen? can you give me the name of a good hotel/garage?
    3. (benennen) name;
    morgen will das Parteipräsidium den Spitzenkandidaten nennen the party executive committee wants to name the top candidate tomorrow;
    pro Verein können zwei Teilnehmer genannt werden each club can name two participants
    B. v/r be called;
    wie nennt sich …? what’s … called?;
    und das oder umg
    so was nennt sich Lehrer! and he calls himself a teacher;
    und das nennt sich Kultur! and that’s supposed to be culture, and that goes by the name of culture, and they call it culture; Eigen, genannt, Name 1
    * * *
    1.
    unregelmäßiges transitives Verb
    1) call

    jemanden nach jemandem nennencall or name somebody after somebody

    jemanden beim Vornamen nennen — call somebody by his/her first or Christian name

    das nenne ich Mut/eine Überraschung — that's what I call courage/well, that 'is a surprise

    2) (mitteilen) give <name, date of birth, address, reason, price, etc.>
    3) (anführen) give, cite < example>; (erwähnen) mention <person, name>
    2.
    unregelmäßiges reflexives Verb <person, thing> be called

    er nennt sich Malerusw. (behauptet Maler usw. zu sein) he calls himself a painter etc.

    und so was nennt sich nun ein Freund(ugs.) and he/she has the nerve to call himself/herself a friend

    * * *
    v.
    (§ p.,pp.: nannte, genannt)
    = to name v.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > nennen

  • 35 god

    ɡod
    1) ((with capital) the creator and ruler of the world (in the Christian, Jewish etc religions).)
    2) ((feminine goddess) a supernatural being who is worshipped: the gods of Greece and Rome.)
    - godliness
    - godchild
    - goddaughter
    - godson
    - godfather
    - godmother
    - godparent
    - godsend
    I
    subst. \/ɡɒd\/
    1) gud
    2) (av)gud, idol
    a sight for the gods et syn for guder
    in the gods ( hverdagslig) på galleriet (i et teater)
    the god of love kjærlighetsguden
    the gods ( hverdagslig) galleriet (i et teater)
    de som sitter på galleriet
    the winged god ( mytologi) den bevingede guden Merkur
    whom the gods love dies young ( ordtak) den gudene elsker, dør ung
    ye gods and little fishes! gode gud!, himmel og hav!, du slette tid!
    II
    verb \/ˈɡɒd\/
    ( sjelden) forgude
    god it spille Gud, leke Gud

    English-Norwegian dictionary > god

  • 36 camino

    m.
    1 path, track (sendero).
    camino de Santiago Milky Way; (astronomy) = pilgrimage route to Santiago de Compostela (religion)
    camino trillado well-trodden path
    2 way.
    el camino de la estación the way to the station
    camino de on the way to
    está camino de la capital it's on the way to the capital
    a estas horas ya estarán en camino they'll be on their way by now
    me pilla de camino it's on my way
    en el o de camino on the way
    por este camino this way
    3 journey (viaje).
    nos espera un largo camino we have a long journey ahead of us
    ponerse en camino to set off
    4 road, footpath, pathway, track.
    5 cart track, cart road.
    pres.indicat.
    1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: caminar.
    * * *
    1 (vía) path, track
    2 (ruta) way, route
    3 (viaje) journey
    \
    a medio camino half-way
    abrir camino to clear the way (a, for)
    abrir el camino to clear the way (a, for)
    abrirse camino to make one's way
    abrirse camino en la vida to get on in life
    coger de camino / pillar de camino to be on the way
    estar en camino to be on the way
    ir camino de to be on one's way to
    ir por (el) buen/mal camino figurado to be on the right/wrong track
    llevar buen camino to be on the right track
    llevar camino de to be on the way to, be heading for, look set to
    ponerse en camino to set off (on a journey)
    camino de herradura bridle path
    camino forestal forest track
    el camino del éxito figurado the road to success
    * * *
    noun m.
    1) road, path, track
    2) way
    * * *
    SM
    1) [sin asfaltar] track; (=sendero) path; (=carretera) road

    Caminos, Canales y Puertos — (Univ) Civil Engineering

    camino de ingresos, camino de peaje — toll road

    camino de rosas, la vida no es ningún camino de rosas — life's no bed of roses

    camino forestal — forest track; [para paseos] forest trail

    = Camino de Santiago

    camino trillado, caminos turísticos no trillados — tourist routes that are off the beaten track

    experimentan con nuevas técnicas, huyen de los caminos trillados — they are experimenting with new techniques and avoiding conventional approaches o the well-trodden paths

    este escritor ha recorrido los caminos trillados de sus antecesores — this writer has been down the well-trodden paths followed by his predecessors

    2) (=ruta)
    a) (lit) way, route; (=viaje) journey

    ¿sabes el camino a su casa? — do you know the way to his house?

    ¿cuánto camino hay de aquí a San José? — how far is it from here to San José?

    abrirse camino entre la multitud — to make one's way through the crowd

    de camino a, lo puedo recoger de camino al trabajo — I can collect it on my way to work

    echar camino adelante — to strike out

    en el camino — on the way, en route

    tienen dos niños, y otro en camino — they have two children, and another on the way

    a medio camino — halfway (there)

    a medio camino paramos para comer — halfway there, we stopped to eat

    se quedaron a mitad de camino — they only got halfway (there)

    b) (fig) (=medio) path, course

    el camino a seguir, yo te explico el camino a seguir — I'll tell you the way o route

    allanar el camino —

    ir camino de —

    traer a algn por buen camino(=orientar) to put sb on the right track o road; (=desengañar) to set sb straight

    quedarse en el camino —

    un 70% sacó el diploma y el resto se quedó en el camino — 70 per cent of them got the diploma, the rest didn't make it

    no me fijo en mis rivales, yo sigo por mi camino — I don't take any notice of what my rivals are doing, I just do my own thing

    3) (Inform) path
    4) And, Cono Sur (=alfombra, tapete) runner, strip of carpet o matting
    CAMINO DE SANTIAGO The Camino de Santiago is a medieval pilgrim route stretching from the Pyrenees to Santiago de Compostela in northwest Spain, where tradition has it that the body of Saint James the Apostle (Spain's patron saint) is buried. Those who had made the long, dangerous journey returned proudly wearing on their hat or cloak the venera or concha (scallop shell) traditionally associated with this pilgrimage - Saint James' body had reportedly been found covered in scallops. Today this symbolic shell can still be seen all along the Camino de Santiago, carved on ancient buildings and painted on modern-day road signs marking the historic route for the benefit of tourists and pilgrims. In astronomy the Camino de Santiago is another name for the Vía Láctea (Milky Way), hence the title of Buñuel's famous satirical film about the route to Compostela.
    * * *
    1) ( de tierra) track; ( sendero) path; ( en general) road

    abrir nuevos caminosto break new o fresh ground

    allanar or preparar or abrir el camino — to pave the way, prepare the ground

    el camino trilladothe well-worn o well-trodden path

    la vida no es un camino de rosaslife is no bed of roses

    tener el camino trillado: tenía el camino trillado he'd had the ground prepared for him; todos los caminos llevan or conducen a Roma — all roads lead to Rome

    2)
    a) (ruta, dirección) way

    me salieron al camino asaltantes they blocked my path o way; amigos/niños they came out to meet me

    el camino a la famathe road o path to fame

    se me fue por mal camino or por el otro camino — it went down the wrong way

    abrir camino a algoto clear the way for something

    abrirse caminoto make one's way

    buen/mal camino: este niño va por mal camino or lleva mal camino this boy's heading for trouble; ibas por or llevabas buen camino pero te equivocaste you were on the right track but you made a mistake; las negociaciones van por or llevan muy buen camino the negotiations are going extremely well; llevar a alguien por mal camino to lead somebody astray; cruzarse en el camino de alguien: superó todos los obstáculos que se le cruzaron en el camino he overcame all the problems that arose; errar el camino to be in the wrong job o the wrong line of work; tirar por el camino de en medio — to take the middle path

    b) (trayecto, viaje)

    llevamos 300 kms/una hora de camino — we've done 300 kms/been traveling for an hour

    todavía estamos a o nos quedan dos horas de camino — we still have two hours to go

    paramos a mitad de camino or a medio camino — we stopped halfway

    cortar o acortar camino — to take a shortcut

    a mitad de or a medio camino — halfway through

    camino de/a: me encontré con él camino del or al mercado I ran into him on the o on my way to the market; ya vamos camino del invierno winter's on the way o on its way; llevar or ir camino de algo: una tradición que va camino de desaparecer a tradition which looks set to disappear; de camino on the way to; pilla de camino it's on the way; me queda de camino I pass it on my way; de camino a on the way; está de camino a la estación it is on the way to the station; en el camino or de camino al trabajo on my/his/her way o the way to work; en camino on the way; tiene un niño y otro en camino she has one child and another on the way; deben estar ya en camino they must be on their way already; por el camino — on the way

    * * *
    = avenue, path, road, route, footpath, lane, pathway, way.
    Ex. In the attempt to match the above criteria, there are two fundamentally distinct avenues to the construction of the schedules of a classification scheme.
    Ex. It can be in only one place, unless duplicates are used; one has to have rules as to which path will locate it, and the rules are cumbersome.
    Ex. Use of Woolston Library has declined slightly: the area is isolated by the River Itchen, a busy main road, and a natural escarpment.
    Ex. Each packet includes the address of the final destination, and the packets travel separately, perhaps taking different routes through the network.
    Ex. Equivalence relationships normally imply the selection of one form as the preferred term, as we have seen, so we make a cross-reference pointing from the non-preferred term to the preferred term: footpaths See Trails; Bovines USE Cattle.
    Ex. The title of the article is 'Changing lanes on the information superhighway: academic libraries and the Internet'.
    Ex. This system automates the scientific task of determining the pathway of steps underlying a chemical reaction.
    Ex. He has chosen self-denial and altruism as the way to follow.
    ----
    * abrir camino a = make + way (for).
    * abrir nuevos caminos = break + new ground, push + Nombre + into new latitudes, break + ground, blaze + trail.
    * abrirse camino = plough through, elbow + Posesivo + way into, elbow into, foist + Posesivo + way into, make + Posesivo + way in the world.
    * abrirse camino (a empujones) = push + Posesivo + way across/into.
    * abrirse camino en el mundo = make + Posesivo + way in the world.
    * abrirse camino en la vida = get on in + life.
    * abrir un camino = chart + direction.
    * al borde del camino = at the roadside.
    * alto en el camino = stopover.
    * a medio camino = halfway [half-way/half way].
    * a mitad de camino = halfway [half-way/half way].
    * a mitad de camino entre... y... = midway between, half way between... and....
    * a mitad de camino entre... y... = astride... and....
    * andar camino trillado = tread + well-worn ground.
    * apartarse del buen camino = go off + the rails, stray from + the straight and narrow.
    * apartarse del camino de la verdad = stray from + the straight and narrow.
    * apartarse de los caminos principales = go + off-road.
    * borde del camino = roadside, wayside.
    * buen camino, el = straight and narrow (path), the.
    * buscar el camino = wind + Posesivo + way.
    * cambiar de opinión a mitad de camino = change + horses in midstream.
    * cambiar de parecer a mitad de camino = change + horses in midstream.
    * cambiar de política a mitad de camino = change + horses in midstream.
    * camino apartado = byway.
    * camino a seguir, el = way forward, the.
    * camino correcto, el = way forward, the.
    * camino de acceso = approach path.
    * camino definido = charted route.
    * camino de herradura = bridle path, bridleway.
    * camino de la verdad, el = straight and narrow (path), the.
    * camino de tierra = dirt track, dirt road.
    * camino elevado = causeway.
    * camino hacia el estrellato = road to stardom.
    * camino hacia la fama = road to stardom.
    * camino largo y difícil = long haul.
    * camino largo y tortuoso = long and winding road.
    * camino lleno de baches = bumpy road.
    * camino más fácil, el = path of least resistance, the.
    * camino muy largo = circuitous route.
    * camino pecuario = cattle lane.
    * camino por recorrer, el = road ahead, the.
    * camino rural = country lane, country road.
    * camino seguro al desastre = blueprint for disaster.
    * camino seguro al éxito = blueprint for success.
    * camino seguro al fracaso = blueprint for failure.
    * camino sin rumbo = the road to nowhere.
    * camino trillado = worn path, beaten road.
    * camino vecinal = country road, minor road, back road.
    * construcción de caminos = road construction.
    * continuar + Posesivo camino = continue on + Posesivo + way.
    * cruce de caminos = crossroads, fork in the road.
    * cruzar en el camino de Alguien = cross + Posesivo + path.
    * cruzársele a Uno en el camino = come + Posesivo + way.
    * de camino = on the way, while we're at it.
    * de camino a = en route for, on + Posesivo + way to, en route to.
    * descanso en el camino = rest stop.
    * desviarse del buen camino = go off + the rails.
    * detener en el camino = waylay.
    * detenerse en el camino = stop along + the way.
    * detenerse en el lado del camino = pull over.
    * el camino a seguir = the way ahead, the way to go.
    * el camino correcto = the way ahead, the way to go.
    * el camino hacia + Nombre + está lleno de + Nombre = the road (to/towards) + Nombre + is paved with + Nombre.
    * el camino hacia + Nombre + está plagado de + Nombre = the road (to/towards) + Nombre + is paved with + Nombre.
    * el camino por recorrer = the way ahead.
    * el camino que lleva a = a/the doorway to.
    * el camino recorrido = the road travelled so far.
    * el camino se hace andando = actions speak louder than words.
    * elegir el camino más fácil = take + the path of least resistance.
    * en camino = on the way.
    * encontrar el camino = wayfinding.
    * encontrar el camino de vuelta = find + Posesivo + way back.
    * en el camino = along the way, en route, in the process.
    * estar a medio camino entre... y... = lie + midway between... and....
    * estar de camino a = be on the road to.
    * estar en camino de = be on the way to.
    * fuera de los caminos trillados = off the beaten track.
    * hacerse camino = foist + Posesivo + way into.
    * hacer una parada en el camino = stop along + the way.
    * hallar el camino de la verdad = think + Posesivo + way to the truth.
    * indicar el camino a seguir = point + the way forward.
    * indicar el camino a seguir para = point + the way to.
    * indicar el camino correcto = point + Nombre + in the right direction.
    * ingeniería de caminos = civil engineering.
    * ingeniero de caminos = civil engineer.
    * ir por buen camino = be on the right track.
    * ir por el buen camino = be right on track.
    * ir por mal camino = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.
    * junto al camino = by the roadside.
    * lado del camino = wayside.
    * ¡la vida no es un camino de rosas! = the course of true love never did run smooth!.
    * llevar camino de enfrentamiento con = be on a collision course with.
    * llevar por el camino de = lead + Pronombre + down the road to.
    * llevar por el mal camino = lead + astray.
    * llevar por mal camino = mislead.
    * mantener Algo en el buen camino = keep + Nombre + on track.
    * marcar el camino correcto = point + Nombre + in the right direction.
    * mostrar el camino = blaze + the way, light + the way.
    * mostrar el camino a seguir = point + the way forward.
    * mostrar el camino para = point + the way to, show + the way to.
    * no apartarse del buen camino = keep on + the right track.
    * parada en el camino = rest stop, stop along the way.
    * parapeto del camino = road bank.
    * pararse en el lado del camino = pull over.
    * perderse por los caminos secundarios = go + off-road.
    * por buen camino = a step in the right direction.
    * por caminos apartados = off-road.
    * por mal camino = astray.
    * preparar el camino = set + the scene, smooth + the way, open + the way, set + the stage, pave + the path (for/towards/to), pave + the way (for/towards/to), pave + the road (for/towards/to).
    * preparar el camino para = smooth + the path of.
    * quedarse en el camino = fall by + the wayside.
    * retomar el camino = get back on + Posesivo + path.
    * retomar su camino = get back on + track.
    * seguir el buen camino = keep on + the right track, keep on + the straight and narrow.
    * seguir el camino de la verdad = keep on + the straight and narrow.
    * seguir el camino más ético = take + the high ground, take + the high road.
    * seguir este camino = go along + this road.
    * seguir por el buen camino = keep out of + trouble, keep on + the right track.
    * seguir un camino = take + path, take + direction, tread + path, walk + path.
    * seguir un camino diferente = strike out on + a different path.
    * tener mucho camino que recorrer = have + a long way to go.
    * un alto en el camino = a stop on the road, a pit stop on the road.
    * un camino largo y difícil = a long haul.
    * volver a su camino = get back on + track, get back on + Posesivo + path.
    * * *
    1) ( de tierra) track; ( sendero) path; ( en general) road

    abrir nuevos caminosto break new o fresh ground

    allanar or preparar or abrir el camino — to pave the way, prepare the ground

    el camino trilladothe well-worn o well-trodden path

    la vida no es un camino de rosaslife is no bed of roses

    tener el camino trillado: tenía el camino trillado he'd had the ground prepared for him; todos los caminos llevan or conducen a Roma — all roads lead to Rome

    2)
    a) (ruta, dirección) way

    me salieron al camino asaltantes they blocked my path o way; amigos/niños they came out to meet me

    el camino a la famathe road o path to fame

    se me fue por mal camino or por el otro camino — it went down the wrong way

    abrir camino a algoto clear the way for something

    abrirse caminoto make one's way

    buen/mal camino: este niño va por mal camino or lleva mal camino this boy's heading for trouble; ibas por or llevabas buen camino pero te equivocaste you were on the right track but you made a mistake; las negociaciones van por or llevan muy buen camino the negotiations are going extremely well; llevar a alguien por mal camino to lead somebody astray; cruzarse en el camino de alguien: superó todos los obstáculos que se le cruzaron en el camino he overcame all the problems that arose; errar el camino to be in the wrong job o the wrong line of work; tirar por el camino de en medio — to take the middle path

    b) (trayecto, viaje)

    llevamos 300 kms/una hora de camino — we've done 300 kms/been traveling for an hour

    todavía estamos a o nos quedan dos horas de camino — we still have two hours to go

    paramos a mitad de camino or a medio camino — we stopped halfway

    cortar o acortar camino — to take a shortcut

    a mitad de or a medio camino — halfway through

    camino de/a: me encontré con él camino del or al mercado I ran into him on the o on my way to the market; ya vamos camino del invierno winter's on the way o on its way; llevar or ir camino de algo: una tradición que va camino de desaparecer a tradition which looks set to disappear; de camino on the way to; pilla de camino it's on the way; me queda de camino I pass it on my way; de camino a on the way; está de camino a la estación it is on the way to the station; en el camino or de camino al trabajo on my/his/her way o the way to work; en camino on the way; tiene un niño y otro en camino she has one child and another on the way; deben estar ya en camino they must be on their way already; por el camino — on the way

    * * *
    = avenue, path, road, route, footpath, lane, pathway, way.

    Ex: In the attempt to match the above criteria, there are two fundamentally distinct avenues to the construction of the schedules of a classification scheme.

    Ex: It can be in only one place, unless duplicates are used; one has to have rules as to which path will locate it, and the rules are cumbersome.
    Ex: Use of Woolston Library has declined slightly: the area is isolated by the River Itchen, a busy main road, and a natural escarpment.
    Ex: Each packet includes the address of the final destination, and the packets travel separately, perhaps taking different routes through the network.
    Ex: Equivalence relationships normally imply the selection of one form as the preferred term, as we have seen, so we make a cross-reference pointing from the non-preferred term to the preferred term: footpaths See Trails; Bovines USE Cattle.
    Ex: The title of the article is 'Changing lanes on the information superhighway: academic libraries and the Internet'.
    Ex: This system automates the scientific task of determining the pathway of steps underlying a chemical reaction.
    Ex: He has chosen self-denial and altruism as the way to follow.
    * abrir camino a = make + way (for).
    * abrir nuevos caminos = break + new ground, push + Nombre + into new latitudes, break + ground, blaze + trail.
    * abrirse camino = plough through, elbow + Posesivo + way into, elbow into, foist + Posesivo + way into, make + Posesivo + way in the world.
    * abrirse camino (a empujones) = push + Posesivo + way across/into.
    * abrirse camino en el mundo = make + Posesivo + way in the world.
    * abrirse camino en la vida = get on in + life.
    * abrir un camino = chart + direction.
    * al borde del camino = at the roadside.
    * alto en el camino = stopover.
    * a medio camino = halfway [half-way/half way].
    * a mitad de camino = halfway [half-way/half way].
    * a mitad de camino entre... y... = midway between, half way between... and....
    * a mitad de camino entre... y... = astride... and....
    * andar camino trillado = tread + well-worn ground.
    * apartarse del buen camino = go off + the rails, stray from + the straight and narrow.
    * apartarse del camino de la verdad = stray from + the straight and narrow.
    * apartarse de los caminos principales = go + off-road.
    * borde del camino = roadside, wayside.
    * buen camino, el = straight and narrow (path), the.
    * buscar el camino = wind + Posesivo + way.
    * cambiar de opinión a mitad de camino = change + horses in midstream.
    * cambiar de parecer a mitad de camino = change + horses in midstream.
    * cambiar de política a mitad de camino = change + horses in midstream.
    * camino apartado = byway.
    * camino a seguir, el = way forward, the.
    * camino correcto, el = way forward, the.
    * camino de acceso = approach path.
    * camino definido = charted route.
    * camino de herradura = bridle path, bridleway.
    * camino de la verdad, el = straight and narrow (path), the.
    * camino de tierra = dirt track, dirt road.
    * camino elevado = causeway.
    * camino hacia el estrellato = road to stardom.
    * camino hacia la fama = road to stardom.
    * camino largo y difícil = long haul.
    * camino largo y tortuoso = long and winding road.
    * camino lleno de baches = bumpy road.
    * camino más fácil, el = path of least resistance, the.
    * camino muy largo = circuitous route.
    * camino pecuario = cattle lane.
    * camino por recorrer, el = road ahead, the.
    * camino rural = country lane, country road.
    * camino seguro al desastre = blueprint for disaster.
    * camino seguro al éxito = blueprint for success.
    * camino seguro al fracaso = blueprint for failure.
    * camino sin rumbo = the road to nowhere.
    * camino trillado = worn path, beaten road.
    * camino vecinal = country road, minor road, back road.
    * construcción de caminos = road construction.
    * continuar + Posesivo camino = continue on + Posesivo + way.
    * cruce de caminos = crossroads, fork in the road.
    * cruzar en el camino de Alguien = cross + Posesivo + path.
    * cruzársele a Uno en el camino = come + Posesivo + way.
    * de camino = on the way, while we're at it.
    * de camino a = en route for, on + Posesivo + way to, en route to.
    * descanso en el camino = rest stop.
    * desviarse del buen camino = go off + the rails.
    * detener en el camino = waylay.
    * detenerse en el camino = stop along + the way.
    * detenerse en el lado del camino = pull over.
    * el camino a seguir = the way ahead, the way to go.
    * el camino correcto = the way ahead, the way to go.
    * el camino hacia + Nombre + está lleno de + Nombre = the road (to/towards) + Nombre + is paved with + Nombre.
    * el camino hacia + Nombre + está plagado de + Nombre = the road (to/towards) + Nombre + is paved with + Nombre.
    * el camino por recorrer = the way ahead.
    * el camino que lleva a = a/the doorway to.
    * el camino recorrido = the road travelled so far.
    * el camino se hace andando = actions speak louder than words.
    * elegir el camino más fácil = take + the path of least resistance.
    * en camino = on the way.
    * encontrar el camino = wayfinding.
    * encontrar el camino de vuelta = find + Posesivo + way back.
    * en el camino = along the way, en route, in the process.
    * estar a medio camino entre... y... = lie + midway between... and....
    * estar de camino a = be on the road to.
    * estar en camino de = be on the way to.
    * fuera de los caminos trillados = off the beaten track.
    * hacerse camino = foist + Posesivo + way into.
    * hacer una parada en el camino = stop along + the way.
    * hallar el camino de la verdad = think + Posesivo + way to the truth.
    * indicar el camino a seguir = point + the way forward.
    * indicar el camino a seguir para = point + the way to.
    * indicar el camino correcto = point + Nombre + in the right direction.
    * ingeniería de caminos = civil engineering.
    * ingeniero de caminos = civil engineer.
    * ir por buen camino = be on the right track.
    * ir por el buen camino = be right on track.
    * ir por mal camino = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.
    * junto al camino = by the roadside.
    * lado del camino = wayside.
    * ¡la vida no es un camino de rosas! = the course of true love never did run smooth!.
    * llevar camino de enfrentamiento con = be on a collision course with.
    * llevar por el camino de = lead + Pronombre + down the road to.
    * llevar por el mal camino = lead + astray.
    * llevar por mal camino = mislead.
    * mantener Algo en el buen camino = keep + Nombre + on track.
    * marcar el camino correcto = point + Nombre + in the right direction.
    * mostrar el camino = blaze + the way, light + the way.
    * mostrar el camino a seguir = point + the way forward.
    * mostrar el camino para = point + the way to, show + the way to.
    * no apartarse del buen camino = keep on + the right track.
    * parada en el camino = rest stop, stop along the way.
    * parapeto del camino = road bank.
    * pararse en el lado del camino = pull over.
    * perderse por los caminos secundarios = go + off-road.
    * por buen camino = a step in the right direction.
    * por caminos apartados = off-road.
    * por mal camino = astray.
    * preparar el camino = set + the scene, smooth + the way, open + the way, set + the stage, pave + the path (for/towards/to), pave + the way (for/towards/to), pave + the road (for/towards/to).
    * preparar el camino para = smooth + the path of.
    * quedarse en el camino = fall by + the wayside.
    * retomar el camino = get back on + Posesivo + path.
    * retomar su camino = get back on + track.
    * seguir el buen camino = keep on + the right track, keep on + the straight and narrow.
    * seguir el camino de la verdad = keep on + the straight and narrow.
    * seguir el camino más ético = take + the high ground, take + the high road.
    * seguir este camino = go along + this road.
    * seguir por el buen camino = keep out of + trouble, keep on + the right track.
    * seguir un camino = take + path, take + direction, tread + path, walk + path.
    * seguir un camino diferente = strike out on + a different path.
    * tener mucho camino que recorrer = have + a long way to go.
    * un alto en el camino = a stop on the road, a pit stop on the road.
    * un camino largo y difícil = a long haul.
    * volver a su camino = get back on + track, get back on + Posesivo + path.

    * * *
    camino Camino de Santiago (↑ camino a1)
    A (de tierra) track; (sendero) path; (en general) road
    sigan por ese camino continue along that path ( o road etc)
    han abierto/hecho un caminito a través del bosque they've opened up/made a path o little track through the wood
    están todos los caminos cortados all the roads are blocked
    abrir nuevos caminos to break new o fresh ground
    allanar or preparar or abrir el camino to pave the way, prepare the ground
    el camino trillado the well-worn o well-trodden path
    la vida no es un camino de rosas life is no bed of roses, life isn't a bowl of cherries
    tener el camino trillado: tenía el camino trillado he'd had the ground prepared for him
    todos los caminos llevan or conducen a Roma: por todos los caminos se va a Roma all roads lead to Rome
    el camino del infierno está empedrado de buenas intenciones the road to hell is paved o strewn with good intentions
    Compuestos:
    bridle path
    towpath
    ( Hist) highway
    Caminos, Canales y Puertos
    civil engineering ingeniero
    B
    1 (ruta, dirección) way
    tomamos el camino más corto we took the shortest route o way
    ¿sabes el camino para ir allí? do you know how to get there?, do you know the way there?
    me salieron al camino «asaltantes» they blocked my path o way;
    «amigos/niños» they came out to meet me
    afrontaron todas las dificultades que se les presentaron en el camino they faced up to all the difficulties in their path
    éste es el mejor camino a seguir en estas circunstancias this is the best course to follow in these circumstances
    por ese camino no vas a ninguna parte you won't get anywhere that way o like that
    al terminar la carrera cada cual se fue por su camino after completing their studies they all went their separate ways
    sigue caminos muy diferentes de los trazados por sus predecesores he is taking very different paths from those of his predecessors
    se me fue por mal caminoor por el otro camino it went down the wrong way
    abrir(le) camino (a algo/algn) to clear the way (for sth/sb)
    los vehículos que abrían camino a los corredores the vehicles that were clearing the way for the runners
    abrirse camino to make one's way
    se abrió camino entre la espesura/a través de la multitud she made her way through the dense thickets/through the crowds of people
    no es fácil abrirse camino en esa profesión it's not easy to carve a niche for oneself in that profession
    estas técnicas se están abriendo camino entre nuestros médicos these techniques are gaining ground o are beginning to gain acceptance with our doctors
    tuvo que luchar mucho para abrirse camino en la vida he had to fight hard to get on in life
    buen/mal camino: este niño va por mal caminoor lleva mal camino this boy's heading for trouble
    ya tiene trabajo, va por buen camino he's found a job already, he's doing well
    ibas por or llevabas buen camino pero te equivocaste aquí you were on the right track o lines, but you made a mistake here
    las negociaciones van por or llevan muy buen camino the negotiations are going extremely well o very smoothly
    llevar a algn por mal camino to lead sb astray
    cruzarse en el camino de algn: la mala suerte se cruzó en su camino he ran up against o came up against some bad luck
    supo superar todos los obstáculos que se le cruzaron en el camino he was able to overcome all the problems which arose o which he came across
    errar el camino to be in the wrong job o the wrong line of work
    2
    (trayecto, viaje): emprendimos el camino de regreso we set out on the return journey
    se me hizo muy largo el camino the journey seemed to take forever
    lo debí perder en el camino de casa al trabajo I must have lost it on my o on the way to work
    se pusieron en camino al amanecer they set off at dawn
    llevamos ya una hora de camino we've been traveling for an hour now, we've been on the road for an hour now
    estamos todavía a dos horas de camino we still have two hours to go o two hours ahead of us
    paramos a mitad de caminoor a medio camino a descansar we stopped halfway to rest
    por aquí cortamos or acortamos camino we can take a shortcut this way o this way's shorter
    hizo todo el camino a pie he walked the whole way, he did the whole journey on foot
    se ha avanzado mucho en este campo, pero queda aún mucho camino por recorrer great advances have been made in this field, but there's still a long way to go
    el camino será largo y difícil, pero venceremos the road will be long and difficult, but we shall be victorious
    quedarse a mitad de or a medio camino: iba para médico, pero se quedó a mitad de camino he was studying to be a doctor, but he never completed the course o he gave up halfway through the course
    el programa de remodelación se quedó a medio camino the renovation project was left unfinished
    no creo que terminemos este año, ni siquiera estamos a mitad de camino I don't think we'll finish it this year, we're not even half way through yet
    3 ( en locs):
    camino de/a: me encontré con él camino del or al mercado I ran into him on the o on my way to the market
    ya vamos camino del invierno winter's coming o approaching, winter's on the way o on its way
    llevar or ir camino de algo: un actor que va camino del estrellato an actor on his way o on the road to stardom, an actor heading for stardom, an actor who looks set for stardom
    van camino de la bancarrota they are on the road to o heading for bankruptcy, they look set to go bankrupt
    una tradición que va camino de desaparecer a tradition which looks set to disappear
    de camino: tu casa me queda de camino I pass your house on my way, your house is on my way
    ve por el pan y, de camino, compra el periódico go and get the bread and buy a newspaper on the way o your way
    de camino a: íbamos de camino a Zacatecas we were on our way o the way to Zacatecas
    está de camino a la estación it is on the way to the station
    en el caminoor de camino al trabajo paso por tres bancos I pass three banks on my way o the way to work
    en camino: deben estar ya en camino they must be on the o on their way already
    tiene un niño y otro en camino she has one child and another on the way
    por el camino on the way
    te lo cuento por el camino I'll tell you on the way
    Compuestos:
    Inca trail
    el Camino de Santiago ( Hist, Relig) the pilgrims' road to Santiago;
    ( Astron) the Milky Way
    * * *

     

    Del verbo caminar: ( conjugate caminar)

    camino es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

    caminó es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    caminar    
    camino
    caminar ( conjugate caminar) verbo intransitivo
    1 ( andar) to walk;

    podemos ir caminando we can walk, we can go on foot;
    camino hacia algo ‹hacia meta/fin› to move toward(s) sth
    2 (AmL) [reloj/motor] to work;

    verbo transitivo ‹ distancia to walk
    camino sustantivo masculino
    1 ( en general) road;
    ( de tierra) track;
    ( sendero) path;

    2
    a) (ruta, dirección) way;


    me salieron al camino [ asaltantes] they blocked my path o way;

    [ amigos] they came out to meet me;

    el camino a la fama the road o path to fame;
    se abrió camino entre la espesura she made her way through the dense thickets;
    abrirse camino en la vida to get on in life;
    buen/mal camino: este niño va por mal camino this boy's heading for trouble;
    ibas por buen camino pero te equivocaste you were on the right track but you made a mistake;
    llevar a algn por mal camino to lead sb astray
    b) (trayecto, viaje):


    se pusieron en camino they set off;
    todavía nos quedan dos horas de camino we still have two hours to go
    c) ( en locs)

    camino de/a … on my/his/her way to …;

    ir camino de algo: una tradición que va camino de desaparecer a tradition which looks set to disappear;
    de camino on the way;
    pilla de camino it's on the way;
    me queda de camino I pass it on my way;
    de camino a la estación on the way to the station;
    en camino on the way;
    deben estar ya en camino they must be on their way already;
    por el camino on the way;
    a mitad de or a medio camino halfway through
    caminar
    I verbo intransitivo to walk
    II verbo transitivo (recorrer a pie) to cover,walk: camino un par de kilómetros diarios, I walk two kilometres every day
    camino sustantivo masculino
    1 (estrecho, sin asfaltar) path, track
    (en general) road
    2 (itinerario, ruta) route, way
    3 (medio, modo) way
    ♦ Locuciones: coger o pillar de camino, to be on the way
    estar en camino, to be on the way
    ir camino de, to be going to
    figurado ir por buen/mal camino, to be on the right/wrong track
    ponerse en camino, to set off
    a medio camino, halfway: lo deja todo a medio camino, she drops everything she starts halfway through
    figurado una casa de turismo rural es un sitio a medio camino entre un hotel y una casa de labranza, a rural tourism house is something halfway between a hotel and a farmhouse
    de camino a, on the way to
    ' camino' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abrirse
    - acceso
    - ahorrar
    - andar
    - baja
    - bajo
    - bifurcación
    - borde
    - caminar
    - como
    - conducir
    - cruzarse
    - desbloquear
    - desviarse
    - dificultosa
    - dificultoso
    - división
    - empinada
    - empinado
    - enderezar
    - enfilar
    - enrevesada
    - enrevesado
    - enseñar
    - entorpecer
    - escultórica
    - escultórico
    - franca
    - franco
    - ir
    - guiar
    - horqueta
    - indicar
    - interponerse
    - intersectarse
    - intrincada
    - intrincado
    - lado
    - marcha
    - margen
    - media
    - mitad
    - mostrar
    - obstáculo
    - orientar
    - orilla
    - paso
    - pillar
    - por
    - promedio
    English:
    astray
    - blaze
    - bridle path
    - circuitous
    - claw
    - concrete
    - devious
    - dirt road
    - drive
    - driveway
    - en route
    - fight
    - footpath
    - guide
    - half-way
    - lane
    - midway
    - passable
    - path
    - pathway
    - pave
    - road
    - rocky
    - rough
    - set off
    - set out
    - show
    - signpost
    - sloping
    - stray
    - strike out
    - struggle on
    - thrust aside
    - towpath
    - track
    - up
    - uphill
    - wade through
    - way
    - wayside
    - weave
    - wind
    - winding
    - work
    - work up to
    - bound
    - by
    - continue
    - direct
    - do
    * * *
    camino nm
    1. [sendero] path, track;
    [carretera] road;
    han abierto un camino a través de la selva they've cleared a path through the jungle;
    acorté por el camino del bosque I took a shortcut through the forest;
    Univ
    Caminos(, Canales y Puertos) [ingeniería] civil engineering;
    la vida no es un camino de rosas life is no bed of roses;
    todos los caminos llevan a Roma all roads lead to Rome
    camino de acceso access road; Fam Fig camino de cabras rugged path;
    camino forestal forest track;
    camino de grava gravel path;
    camino de herradura bridle path;
    camino de hierro railway, US railroad;
    Am camino de mesa table runner; Hist camino real king's highway;
    Camino de Santiago Rel = pilgrimage route to Santiago de Compostela;
    Astron Milky Way;
    camino de sirga towpath;
    Fig camino trillado well-trodden path; Fig
    tiene el camino trillado the hard work has already been done for him;
    camino vecinal country lane
    2. [ruta, vía] way;
    el camino de la estación the way to the station;
    equivocarse de camino to go the wrong way;
    indicar el camino a alguien to show sb the way;
    no recuerdo el camino de vuelta I can't remember the way back;
    iremos por el camino más corto we'll go by the shortest route, we'll go the quickest way;
    está camino de la capital it's on the way to the capital;
    me encontré a Elena camino de casa I met Elena on the way home;
    de camino [de paso] on the way;
    ve a comprar el periódico, y de camino sube también la leche go for the newspaper and bring the milk up while you're at it;
    me pilla de camino it's on my way;
    a estas horas ya estarán en camino they'll be on their way by now;
    en el camino on the way;
    por este camino this way
    3. [viaje] journey;
    nos espera un largo camino we have a long journey ahead of us;
    se detuvieron tras cinco horas de camino they stopped after they had been on the road for five hours;
    estamos casi a mitad de camino we're about halfway there;
    pararemos a mitad de camino we'll stop halfway;
    hicimos un alto en el camino para comer we stopped (along the way) to have a bite to eat;
    también Fig
    todavía nos queda mucho camino por delante we've still got a long way to go;
    ponerse en camino to set off
    4. [medio] way;
    el camino para conseguir tus propósitos es la honestidad the way to get what you want is to be honest
    5. Comp
    abrir camino a to clear the way for;
    el hermano mayor ha abierto camino a los pequeños the older brother cleared the way for the younger ones;
    dos jinetes abrían camino a la procesión two people rode ahead to clear a path for the procession;
    abrirse camino to get on o ahead;
    se abrió camino entre la maraña de defensas he found a way through the cluster of defenders;
    abrirse camino en el mundo to make one's way in the world;
    le costó mucho abrirse camino, pero ahora tiene una buena posición it wasn't easy for him to get on, but he's got a good job now;
    allanar el camino to smooth the way;
    atravesarse o [m5] cruzarse o [m5] interponerse en el camino de alguien to stand in sb's way;
    no permitiré que nadie se cruce en mi camino I won't let anyone stand in my way;
    Fam
    tienen un bebé en camino they've got a baby on the way;
    ir por buen camino to be on the right track;
    ir por mal camino to go astray;
    con su comportamiento, estos alumnos van por mal camino the way they are behaving, these pupils are heading for trouble;
    fueron cada cual por su camino they went their separate ways;
    van camino del desastre/éxito they're on the road to disaster/success;
    va o [m5] lleva camino de convertirse en estrella she's on her way to stardom;
    a medio camino halfway;
    siempre deja todo a medio camino she always leaves things half-done;
    estar a medio camino to be halfway there;
    está a medio camino entre un delantero y un centrocampista he's somewhere between a forward and a midfielder;
    quedarse a medio camino to stop halfway through;
    el proyecto se quedó a medio camino por falta de presupuesto the project was left unfinished o was abandoned halfway through because the funds dried up;
    iba para estrella, pero se quedó a mitad de camino she looked as if she would become a star, but never quite made it;
    traer a alguien al buen camino to put sb back on the right track
    CAMINO DE SANTIAGO
    The Galician city of Santiago de Compostela in northwestern Spain, traditionally held to be the burial site of the Apostle St James, was one of the most important Christian pilgrimage centres in Europe during the Middle Ages, second only to Rome. Countless pilgrims made the journey from different parts of Europe to Santiago along recognized pilgrimage routes. The main one crosses the north of Spain from the Pyrenees to Galicia and is known as the Camino de Santiago. Although its religious significance has declined, it has become a popular tourist route attracting a wide range of travellers: nature lovers on day trips, hikers and cyclists, and even latter-day pilgrims, whether solitary walkers or on package tours. Many of them avail themselves of the free or low-cost accommodation provided along the way by local councils and religious institutions.
    * * *
    m
    1 ( senda) path;
    no es (todo) un camino de rosas it isn’t all a bed of roses
    2 INFOR path
    3 ( ruta) way;
    a medio camino halfway;
    de camino a on the way to;
    por el camino on the way;
    camino de on the way to;
    abrirse camino fig make one’s way;
    estar en camino be on the way;
    abrirse camino en la vida get on;
    ir por buen/mal camino fig be on the right/wrong track;
    abrir camino hacia algo fig pave the way for sth;
    mitad de camino fig leave sth half finished
    * * *
    camino nm
    1) : path, road
    2) : journey
    ponerse en camino: to set off
    3) : way
    a medio camino: halfway there
    * * *
    1. (sendero) path
    2. (ruta, medio) way
    camino de on the way / on your way
    ponerse en camino to set off [pt. & pp. set]

    Spanish-English dictionary > camino

  • 37 padre

    adj.
    1 incredible, tremendous (informal). (peninsular Spanish)
    se armó el lío padre there was a terrible o huge fuss
    fue el cachondeo padre it was a great laugh
    2 great. (Mexican Spanish)
    está muy padre it's really great o fantastic
    3 parent.
    4 neat, super.
    m.
    1 father (man).
    de padre y muy señor mío (informal) incredible, tremendous
    padre de familia head of the family
    padre político father-in-law
    2 father (religion).
    Santo padre Holy Father, Pope
    padre espiritual confessor
    Padres de la Iglesia Fathers of the Christian Church
    3 priest, father.
    * * *
    1 father
    3 Padre RELIGIÓN Father
    1 parents
    \
    no tener ni padre, ni madre, ni perrito que le ladre to be all alone in the world
    ¡su (tu etc) padre! familiar and the same to you!
    padre de familia head of the family
    padre espiritual confessor
    padre político father-in-law
    el Santo Padre the Holy Father, the Pope
    * * *
    noun m.
    * * *
    1. SM
    1) (=progenitor) father; (Zool) father, sire

    Gutiérrez padre — Gutiérrez senior, the elder Gutiérrez

    de padre y muy señor mío —

    una paliza de padre y muy señor mío — an almighty thrashing, the father and mother of a thrashing

    padre de familia — family man; (Jur) head of a household

    2) pl padres (=padre y madre) parents
    3) (Rel) father

    Padre Nuestro — Lord's Prayer, Our Father

    4) [de disciplina] father
    5) *

    ¡mi padre! — you don't say! *

    ¡tu padre! — up yours! **

    ¡eres mi padre! — you're a marvel!

    2.
    ADJ * (=enorme) huge
    * * *
    I
    a) (fam) ( grande) terrible (colloq)

    me di or me llevé un susto padre — I got a hell of a fright (colloq)

    un escándalo padrean almighty o a terrible fuss

    b) [estar] (Méx fam) <coche/persona> great (colloq), fantastic
    II
    1) ( pariente) father

    no tener padre ni madre, ni perrito que le ladre — to be all alone in the world

    2) (Relig) ( sacerdote) father
    3) Padre ( Dios)
    * * *
    = father, dad.
    Ex. A patronymic is the name derived from the given name of the father, often by the addition of a suffix.
    Ex. Tuan is his new father figure after his real dad sadly died after being poorly for a long time.
    ----
    * Asociación de Madres y Padres de Alumnos (AMPA) = Parent-Teacher Association (PTA).
    * asociación de padres = parents' association.
    * asociación de padres de alumnos = Parent-Teacher Association (PTA).
    * de los padres = parental.
    * día del padre, el = Father's Day.
    * el padre de = the father of.
    * familia en la que los dos padres trabajan = dual-income family.
    * formación de padres = parenting, parenting education.
    * madre o padre adoptivo = foster parent.
    * madre o padre biológico = biological parent.
    * madre o padre de nacimiento = birth parent.
    * madre o padre natural = birth parent.
    * madre or padre adoptivo = adoptive parent.
    * padre adoptivo = foster father, adoptive father.
    * padre biológico = biological father.
    * padre de familia = pater familias, family man.
    * padre de nacimiento = birth father.
    * padre fundador = founding father.
    * padre natural = birth father.
    * padres = parents.
    * padres adoptivos = adopted parents.
    * padres biológicos = biological parents.
    * padre soltero = single father.
    * reunión a la que los padres acuden con sus bebés = lapsit.
    * sueño de los padres = hand-me-down dream.
    * * *
    I
    a) (fam) ( grande) terrible (colloq)

    me di or me llevé un susto padre — I got a hell of a fright (colloq)

    un escándalo padrean almighty o a terrible fuss

    b) [estar] (Méx fam) <coche/persona> great (colloq), fantastic
    II
    1) ( pariente) father

    no tener padre ni madre, ni perrito que le ladre — to be all alone in the world

    2) (Relig) ( sacerdote) father
    3) Padre ( Dios)
    * * *
    = father, dad.

    Ex: A patronymic is the name derived from the given name of the father, often by the addition of a suffix.

    Ex: Tuan is his new father figure after his real dad sadly died after being poorly for a long time.
    * Asociación de Madres y Padres de Alumnos (AMPA) = Parent-Teacher Association (PTA).
    * asociación de padres = parents' association.
    * asociación de padres de alumnos = Parent-Teacher Association (PTA).
    * de los padres = parental.
    * día del padre, el = Father's Day.
    * el padre de = the father of.
    * familia en la que los dos padres trabajan = dual-income family.
    * formación de padres = parenting, parenting education.
    * madre o padre adoptivo = foster parent.
    * madre o padre biológico = biological parent.
    * madre o padre de nacimiento = birth parent.
    * madre o padre natural = birth parent.
    * madre or padre adoptivo = adoptive parent.
    * padre adoptivo = foster father, adoptive father.
    * padre biológico = biological father.
    * padre de familia = pater familias, family man.
    * padre de nacimiento = birth father.
    * padre fundador = founding father.
    * padre natural = birth father.
    * padres = parents.
    * padres adoptivos = adopted parents.
    * padres biológicos = biological parents.
    * padre soltero = single father.
    * reunión a la que los padres acuden con sus bebés = lapsit.
    * sueño de los padres = hand-me-down dream.

    * * *
    1 ( fam) (grande) terrible ( colloq)
    nos dimos or nos llevamos un susto padre we got a hell of a o a terrible fright ( colloq)
    se armó un escándalo padre there was an almighty o a terrible fuss
    2 [ ESTAR] ( Méx fam); ‹coche/película/persona› great ( colloq), fantastic
    ¡qué padre! great!
    A (pariente) father
    mis padres my parents
    cada uno es/era de su padre y de su madre they are/were all different
    le pegó una paliza de padre y (muy) señor mío he gave him the thrashing of his life, he gave him a terrible o an almighty beating
    un dolor de cabeza de padre y (muy) señor mío a terrible o an almighty o ( colloq) a splitting headache
    no tener padre ni madre, ni perrito que le ladre to be all alone in the world
    Compuestos:
    father, family man
    ( Hist) hero of the nation
    los padres de la patria (fundadores) the founding fathers, the founders of the nation
    veo que los padres de la patria acaban de votarse otro aumento ( iró) (diputados) I see our esteemed leaders have awarded themselves another salary increase ( iro)
    B ( Relig) (sacerdote) father
    el padre Miguel Father Miguel
    Compuesto:
    confessor
    C
    Padre (Dios): el Padre the Father
    Dios Padre God the Father
    * * *

     

    padre sustantivo masculino
    1 ( pariente) father;

    padre de familia father, family man
    2 (Relig) ( sacerdote) father
    ■ adjetivo
    a) (fam) ( grande) terrible (colloq)

    b) [estar] (Méx fam) ‹coche/persona great (colloq), fantastic

    padre
    I sustantivo masculino
    1 father
    (creador, inventor) el padre de la nueva ciencia, the father of modern science
    2 Rel father
    II adj fam huge: le cayó una bronca padre, he got a tremendous telling-off
    ♦ Locuciones: darse/pegarse la vida padre, to live like a king
    Recuerda que el plural de father se refiere únicamente al sexo masculino. Para referirnos al padre y a la madre de alguien hay que usar la palabra parent. Por tanto, la pregunta ¿qué tal tus padres? debe traducirse por how are your parents?
    ' padre' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    aciaga
    - aciago
    - acordarse
    - adoptiva
    - adoptivo
    - afectar
    - aire
    - algo
    - balanza
    - cargar
    - clavada
    - clavado
    - como
    - como quiera
    - comoquiera
    - conectar
    - contabilidad
    - creer
    - dar
    - deferencia
    - derrumbarse
    - desastre
    - descalificar
    - descubrir
    - detalle
    - devoción
    - difunta
    - difunto
    - espíritu
    - estibador
    - estibadora
    - falsificar
    - gafar
    - gaita
    - heredar
    - igual
    - imagen
    - impresionar
    - introducir
    - llevarse
    - mal
    - negocio
    - nuestra
    - nuestro
    - oriunda
    - oriundo
    - parecerse
    - progenitor
    - progenitora
    - reciente
    English:
    abuse
    - ageing
    - anathema
    - and
    - appendicitis
    - assignment
    - born
    - borrow
    - brass
    - cover
    - day
    - disobey
    - father
    - fatherless
    - fracture
    - image
    - interfere
    - late
    - let
    - over
    - parent
    - resemblance
    - reverend
    - senior
    - single parent
    - take after
    - who
    - admission
    - aware
    - bidding
    - fit
    - go
    - her
    - his
    - just
    - look
    - man
    - my
    - neat
    - our
    - papa
    - parenthood
    - paternal
    - single
    - take
    - their
    - -to-be
    - vaguely
    - your
    * * *
    nm
    1. [pariente] father;
    Cervantes es el padre de la novela moderna Cervantes is the father of the modern novel;
    Emilio padre Emilio senior;
    Fam Fam
    de padre y muy señor mío incredible, tremendous;
    Esp Fam
    hacer padre a alguien to make sb a happy man
    Fam
    ¡tu padre! sod you!;
    Fam Hum
    no tener padre ni madre ni perrito que le ladre to be without o not to have a friend in the world
    padre de familia head of the family;
    padre de la patria founding father;
    padre político father-in-law;
    padre soltero single parent
    2. [sacerdote] father
    padre espiritual confessor; Rel Padres de la Iglesia Fathers of the Christian Church; Rel padre nuestro Lord's Prayer
    3. Rel
    el Padre the Father
    adj inv
    Fam
    1. Esp [tremendo] incredible, tremendous;
    se armó el lío padre there was a terrible o huge fuss;
    fue el cachondeo padre it was a great laugh
    2. Méx [genial] great, fantastic;
    esa canción está muy padre that song is really great o fantastic;
    ¡ay qué padre! hey, that's great o fantastic!
    padres nmpl
    1. [padre y madre] parents
    2. [antepasados] forefathers, ancestors;
    las tradiciones de nuestros padres the traditions of our forefathers o ancestors
    * * *
    m father;
    REL el Padre Martin Father Martin;
    padres pl parents;
    ¡qué padre! Méx brilliant!
    * * *
    padre adj, Mex fam : fantastic, great
    padre nm
    1) : father
    2) padres nmpl
    : parents
    * * *
    padre n father

    Spanish-English dictionary > padre

  • 38 santería

    1 sanctimoniousness
    * * *
    SF
    1) Cuba (=tienda) shop selling religious images, prints, etc ; (=brujería) witchcraft
    2) * = santidad
    3) Caribe (Rel) religion of African origin
    * * *
    santería (↑ santería 1)
    santeria
    A religious cult, fusing African beliefs and Catholicism, which developed among African Yoruba slaves in Cuba. Followers believe both in a single supreme being and also in orishas, deities who each share an identity with a Christian saint and who combine a force of nature with human characteristics. Rituals involve music, dancing, sacrificial offerings, divination, and going into trances.
    * * *
    1. [beatería] sanctimoniousness
    2. [religión] santeria, = Afro-Cuban religion
    3. Am [tienda] = shop selling religious mementos such as statues of saints
    SANTERÍA
    On Cuban plantations, African slaves (mostly of the Yoruba tribe) were banned from practising their own religion, so devised a way to worship their gods (“orishas”) by giving them the names of Christian saints. For example, they changed the name of the thunder god “Changó” to “Santa Bárbara”, and “Ochún”, the goddess of love, was identified with “la Virgen de la Caridad del Cobre”, Cuba's offical Catholic patron. Despite the disapproval of the Catholic authorities, santería (as this “saint worship” is known) and its rituals have survived into the present, with some forms even becoming a tourist attraction.

    Spanish-English dictionary > santería

  • 39 sann

    true, true
    * * *
    adj. real, true (fx

    a true Christian

    ) adj. [ som sannheten] true (f.eks.

    a true story, what you say is not true

    ) adj. [forsterkende, virkelig] regular (f.eks.

    it is a regular scandal

    ), veritable (f.eks. we had a veritable deluge, you are a veritable Sherlock adj. [ekte, riktig, virkelig] true (f.eks.

    a true Christian, the true God, true love

    ) adj. [ sannfull] truthful, veracious, true

    Norsk-engelsk ordbok > sann

  • 40 pensée

    pensée [pɑ̃se]
    feminine noun
       a. ( = idée) thought
    aller jusqu'au bout de sa pensée ( = raisonner) to take one's line of thought to its logical conclusion ; ( = dire ce qu'on pense) to say what one thinks
    à la pensée que... to think that...
       b. ( = fleur) pansy
    * * *
    pɑ̃se
    1) gén, Philosophie thought
    2) ( esprit) mind

    en pensée, par la pensée — [se représenter, voir] in one's mind

    3) ( manière de penser) thinking
    4) ( fleur) pansy
    Phrasal Verbs:
    * * *
    pɑ̃se nf
    1) (= idée) thought
    2) (le fait de penser) thinking no pl
    3) (façon de penser) thinking
    4) (doctrine) thought

    les pensées orientales — Eastern thought, Oriental thought

    5) BOTANIQUE pansy
    * * *
    pensée nf
    1 ( faculté) thought; le cerveau, siège de la pensée the brain, seat of thought; la pensée distingue l'homme de l'animal thought distinguishes man from animals;
    2 ( ce que l'on pense) thought; être perdu dans ses pensées to be lost in thought; faites-nous part de vos pensées sur or à ce sujet let us know your thoughts on this matter; voilà une pensée très profonde! iron how profound!; à la pensée de at the thought of; j'enrage à la pensée qu'elle puisse être avec lui I'm furious at the thought that she might be with him; je frémis rien qu'à la pensée de devoir y aller I shudder at the very thought of having to go there; j'aimerais connaître le fond de ta pensée I'd like to know what you really think deep down; il l'a fait dans la pensée de vous être agréable he did it thinking that it would please you; dire sa pensée to speak one's mind, to say what one thinks; lire dans les pensées de qn to read sb's mind ou thoughts; il a eu une pensée pour les victimes de l'accident he remembered the victims of the accident; j'ai eu une pensée émue pour mes grands-parents I thought fondly of my grandparents;
    3 ( esprit) mind; venir à la pensée de qn to come to sb's mind; elle essayait de chasser l'image de sa pensée she was trying to get the image out of her mind; en pensée, par la pensée [se représenter, voir] in one's mind; nous serons avec vous par la pensée we'll be with you in spirit;
    4 ( manière de penser) thinking; pensée claire/confuse clear/muddled thinking;
    5 ( philosophie) thought; la pensée moderne/grecque/marxiste modern/Greek/Marxist thought; la pensée de Hegel/Machiavel the thought of Hegel/Machiavelli; une pensée politique très pauvre impoverished political ideas (pl);
    6 ( fleur) pansy.
    pensée unique dominant ideology.
    [pɑ̃se] nom féminin
    1. [idée] thought, idea
    tout à la pensée de son rendez-vous, il n'a pas vu arriver la voiture deeply absorbed in ou by the thought of his meeting, he didn't see the car (coming)
    être tout à ou perdu dans ses pensées to be lost in thought
    a. [méchantes] to have evil thoughts
    b. [sexuelles] to indulge in immoral ou bad thoughts
    2. [façon de raisonner] thought
    aller au bout ou au fond de sa pensée: pour aller jusqu'au bout ou fond de ma pensée je dirais que... to be absolutely frank, I'd say that...
    allez donc jusqu'au bout de votre pensée come on, say what you really think ou what's really on your mind
    4. [esprit] mind
    pensée conceptuelle/logique/mathématique conceptual/logical/mathematical thought
    ‘Pensées’ Pascal ‘Pensées’
    6. [idéologie] (way of) thinking
    la pensée chrétienne Christian thinking, the Christian way of thinking
    7. [dans les formules]
    avec nos affectueuses ou meilleures pensées with (all) our love ou fondest regards
    ————————
    pensées nom féminin pluriel
    LITTÉRATURE & PHILOSOPHIE thoughts

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > pensée

См. также в других словарях:

  • Christian base communities — are autonomous religious groups often associated with Liberation Theology. The 1968 Medellín, Colombia meeting of Latin American Council of Bishops played a major role in popularizing them. Created in both rural and urban areas, the Christian… …   Wikipedia

  • Love — For other uses, see Love (disambiguation). Archetypal lovers Romeo and Juliet portrayed by Frank Dicksee …   Wikipedia

  • Christian debate on persecution and toleration — This article gives a historical overview of Christian positions on Persecution of Christians and the History of persecutions by Christians, and more generically on religious persecution and toleration. Christian theologians like Augustine of… …   Wikipedia

  • Christian views on alcohol — Jesus making wine from water in The Marriage at Cana, a 14th century fresco from the Visoki Dečani monastery. Christian views on alcohol are varied. Throughout the first 1,800 years of church history, Christians consumed alcoholic beverages as …   Wikipedia

  • Christian sorority — ΔAΩ Delta Alpha Omega|| 2009 || 8 in MO, IL, MI, LA, TX, CA, OH, IN Sorority Year founded Active chapters colonies ΑΔΧ Alpha Delta Chi 1925 14 active in CA, GA, KY, IL, CO, OH, AL ΦΒΧ Phi Beta Chi 1975 9 in IN, TX, IA, NC, AZ ΣΦΛ Sigma Phi Lambda …   Wikipedia

  • love — Synonyms and related words: Amor, Aphrodite, Astarte, BOMFOG, Benthamism, Christian charity, Christian love, Cupid, Eros, Freya, Kama, Love, Venus, accord, accordance, admiration, admire, adoration, adore, adulate, adulation, affair, affection,… …   Moby Thesaurus

  • Christian Albums — (formerly named Hot Christian Albums) is a Billboard chart of the best selling Christian music albums of the week. Contents 1 1980 number one Christian Albums 2 1981 number one Christian Albums 3 1982 number one Christian Al …   Wikipedia

  • Christian views on Hell — vary, but in general traditionally agree that hell is a place or a state in which the souls of the unsaved suffer the consequences of sin. Different Hebrew and Greek words are translated as hell in most English language Bibles. They include:… …   Wikipedia

  • Christian Bautista — Birth name Christian Joseph Morata Bautista Born October 19, 1981 (1981 10 19) (age 30) Origin Imus, Cavite, Philippines Genres …   Wikipedia

  • Christian Mann — Thore Schölermann as Christian Mann Verbotene Liebe Portrayed by Thore Schölermann Duration …   Wikipedia

  • Christian Bautista discography — Christian Bautista discography Releases ↙Studio albums 5 ↙Li …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»